metasys® system ul® 864 uukl ninth edition smoke

1Metasys® System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control SystemTechnical Bulletin

Document Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Related Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

SCT Tool and the LCT Standard Applications Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Smoke Control Software and Firmware Version Numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Smoke Control Labeling - Factory and Production Date Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Smoke Control Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Eighth Edition and Ninth Edition Coexistence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

FSCS (Fire Fighters Smoke Control Station) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

FSCS Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

FSCS Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

NAE Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Metasys® System Smoke Control System Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Smoke Control Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Overview of HVAC Smoke Control System Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Central Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Dedicated Smoke Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Non-Dedicated Smoke Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Individual Floor Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Fan Coil Units/Water Source Heat Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Induction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Variable Air Volume (VAV) Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Smoke Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Design Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Smoke Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Smoke Control Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Metasys® System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control SystemTechnical Bulletin Code No. LIT-12011252

Issued August 7, 2008Supersedes May 2, 2007

Metasys® System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin2

Initiating Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Manual Initiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Automatic Initiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

End-to-End Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Fan Relay Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Response Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Communication Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Automatic Fan Command Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Manual Fan Command Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Weekly Dedicated Fan Test Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Automatic Damper Command Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Manual Damper Command Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Weekly Dedicated Damper Test Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Network Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Fire Alarm Annunciation Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36IFC2-640 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

IFC2-3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

IFC-320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Surge Protection Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Ethernet Transient Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

APC PNET1GB Ethernet Transient Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Power Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Tripp Lite 8 Ultra Surge Suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

UL Label Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Tripp Lite ISOBAR 12 Ultra Surge Suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


Network Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Copper Cable Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Metasys® System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin 3

Fiber-Optic Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

ST Style Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

MTRJ Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

NU-RJ45SW1-0U 24 Port Ethernet Switch with RJ45 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


5 Port Ethernet Copper Switch with RJ45 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51


Media Convertors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

NU-MC101-0U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52


NU-MC102-0U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Smoke Control Network Automation Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Standard NAE Features and Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Serial Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Ethernet Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Smoke Control NAEs MS-NAE5510-1U and MS-NAE5520-1U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Device Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Powering On the NAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Disconnecting Power from the NAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67



Device Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72



Device Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Wiring Considerations and Guidelines for Network Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81


MS/TP Field Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

MS/TP Bus Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

FC Bus Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

SA Bus Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Baud Rates on the MS/TP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Setting a Device Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for MS/TP FC Bus Communication Terminations . . . . . . . . . 90

SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for SA Bus Communication Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

End-of-Line Termination on the MS/TP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

End-of-Line Termination Switch Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

FC and SA Bus Device EOL Switch Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

EOL Termination on the FC Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

EOL Termination on the SA Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

SA Buses with Multiple Network Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability . . . . . . . . 101

FC Bus Rules when using TEC26xx Series Thermostats and Third-Party MS/TP Devices106


FC Bus Rules and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

SA Bus Rules and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Wiring the MS/TP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

General MS/TP Bus Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

FC Bus Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

FC Bus and SA Bus Screw Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Grounding the Cable Shield on MS/TP Bus Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

SA Bus 6-Pin RJ-Style Modular Jack and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Commissioning Devices on the MS/TP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

NU-RPT101-0U RS-485-to-RS-485 Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Setting EOL for the Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

UL Label Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U Tranzorbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

MS/TP Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124FEU16x0 and FEU26x0 Field Equipment Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Common FEC Configuration Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Setup and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136


IOMx710 Field Equipment Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Common IOM Configuration Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


Wiring the IOM1710. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142


Wiring the IOM2710 and IOM3710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145


Wiring the IOM4710. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151


IOMx710-0U Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155


VMA16x0 Field Equipment Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Common VMA Configuration Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165


MS/TP SA Bus Network Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

LONWORKS® Field Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Network Topologies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Bus Topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Devices per Segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

LONWORKS Network Bus Topology Termination NXM-TERM-FTT-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

SMK-MOVKIT-LON Transient Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

SMK-MOVKIT-LON Requirements for LON Communication Bus Transient Protection . . 173

SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

LN Series Programmable VAV Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Selecting Differential Pressure Scales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185


NXP-FSC-01U Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

NXP-CPU-01U CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Connecting 24 VAC Power to the NXP-CPU-01U CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Connecting I/O Boards to the NXP-CPU-386-01U CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

NXP-CPU-386-01U CPU Board to I/O Board Ribbon Cable Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

I/O Board Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


NXP-FSC-01U I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

NXP-8UI-01U (8 UI Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210


NXP-8DO-01U (8 DO Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217


NXP-4DO4AO-01U (4 DO/4 AO Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219


Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226


i.LON 600 LONWORKS/IP Server Router (72603-U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229



NXE-RPT-FTT-U LON Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231


NXE-FTT-FTT-U Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234


Smoke Control System Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235SCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

LONWORKS Network Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

System Programming Guidelines for Smoke Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Enclosures and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Wiring the PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239


PAN-96VAXFR-U Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241


Power Distribution Panel and Enclosure (PA0P00010FC0-U) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245


Smoke Control Listed Accessories in a Smoke Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Non-Smoke Control Listed Accessories in a Smoke Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Ordering Smoke Control Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Enclosures Requiring a Union Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Ordering and Revision Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250General Smoke Control Ordering Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255


Smoke Control UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Compliance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . 257Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Related Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Compliance Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258General UUKL Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

FSCS UUKL Ninth Edition Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Smoke Control Wiring UUKL Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261


Metasys® System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control SystemTechnical Bulletin

Document IntroductionThis document provides sales representatives, project engineers, application engineers, system representatives, and system installers with the information necessary to sell, engineer, and install a Metasys® system smoke control system that complies with the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.® (UL) requirements for the UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Listing. To comply with the Listing, you must follow the requirements and restrictions placed on the Metasys system components as detailed in this and other Metasys system documentation applying to the UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Listing. The restrictions apply to both used and assembled Metasys system components.

Note: The Intelligent Fire Controller (IFC) fire system or third party fire system is the primary fire annunciation station. The Johnson Controls® Metasys system smoke control system is utilized as a secondary fire annunciation station.

This document specifically addresses the Johnson Controls® Metasys system smoke control system. This document provides information on the Ethernet-based systems, communication equipment, and MS/TP Bus and LON® Bus controllers necessary to create a Metasys system smoke control application. Do not confuse this document with the Metasys System Extended Architecture Smoke Control UL 864 UUKL Eighth Edition system.

Related DocumentationThe Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition smoke control Application Notes are listed in Table 1. Table 1: Related DocumentationFor Information On Refer To LIT No./Part No.Single-Story Shopping Mall Smoke Control

Metasys System UL® 864 UUKL Ninth Edition - Standard Smoke Control Applications Application Guide

LIT-12011308

Multi-Story Building Smoke ControlWarehouse Smoke Control


SCT Tool and the LCT Standard Applications Library The Site Configuration Tool (SCT) is used in all phases of engineering, installation, and commissioning of NAEs, FC bus devices, and LON devices that make up the Metasys smoke control system. The SCT is used offline to create archive databases that are downloaded to a smoke control NAE. The Logic Connector Tool (LCT), contained in the SCT, was used to create the standard smoke control applications included on the Branch Purchase Package (BPP) CD.

The standard smoke control applications can be installed and executed on any smoke control NAE. Use the standard smoke control applications as written, any sequence modification to the LCT program must be pre-approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The SCT tool must not be accessible to anyone other than designated qualified technicians who are responsible for installing, commissioning, and maintaining the smoke control site configuration. Password restriction in conjunction with SCT accessibility will prevent unauthorized editing of the smoke control sequences.

Smoke Control Software and Firmware Version NumberingMetasys smoke control system software uses the following numbering scheme:

X.x.y

Where:

• X is the major revision

• x is the minor revision

• y is a patch

Example: 3.0.1

Smoke Control Labeling - Factory and Production Date CodesJohnson Control’s Ninth Edition smoke control products all have a coded label that designates the factory where the product was produced and its production year and week (LLLYYWW).

Where LLL is the 1 to 3 character factory location code

Where YY is the last 2 digits of the Gregorian Calendar year

Where WW is a 2 digit number corresponding to the week of the current calendar year (01 thru 52)

For example, a part manufactured at the Reynosa factory in the 12th week of 2007 would have a label code of M0712.

Figure 1: Example Label With Date Code


Factory Location List

ReferencesWhen designing your smoke control system, you must read and become familiar with the following documents, codes, and standards, as applicable:

• National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 92A Recommended Practice for Smoke Control Systems

• American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) publication entitled Design of Smoke Control Systems for Buildings

• NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

• NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code

• NFPA 101 Life Safety Code

• NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems

• NFPA 92B Guide for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Areas

• International Code Council (ICC) which includes:

- Building Officials and Code Administrators International (BOCA) model code

- International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) model code

- Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI) regulations

• UL 864 Ninth Edition Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems

Table 2: Factory Location Code TableFactory Code Factory LocationRY1 Plant 1, Reynosa, Mexico

RY2 Plant 2, Reynosa, Mexico

LKY Louisville, Kentucky


Smoke Control Requirements

Eighth Edition and Ninth Edition CoexistenceThe intended combined smoke control system must be approved in writing by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to the installation of any Ninth Edition equipment.

To maintain the UL smoke control Listing, the following rules for a smoke control system where Eighth Edition and Ninth Edition smoke control equipment coexist must be followed:

1. The isolation of the Eighth and Ninth Edition smoke control equipment must occur at the ethernet switch.

2. The Eighth Edition smoke control system is installed and operating as detailed in the Johnson Controls Metasys System Extended Architecture Smoke Control UL 864 UUKL Eighth Edition literature.

3. The Ninth Edition smoke control system must be installed and operate as detailed in the Johnson Controls Ninth Edition smoke control literature.

4. Do not replace an Eighth Edition supervisory controller with a Ninth Edition supervisory controller in order to expand the Eighth Edition smoke control system. Eighth Edition smoke control systems must remain N2 field bus only and Ninth Edition smoke control systems must only be MS/TP and/or LON field bus.

5. If an Eighth Edition supervisory controller requires replacement, it must only be replaced with an Eighth Edition smoke control replacement part (Ninth Edition supervisory controllers are not allowed as Eight Edition replacement parts).

6. The operation of the smoke control applications must have continuity between the two systems - floor above/floor below / etc. smoke control applications must be programmed to allow smoke control between all floors as if a single system were controlling the building.


Figure 2 shows coexisting Eighth Edition and Ninth Edition Smoke Control Systems with devices that are supported by each Edition.

Figure 2: Coexisting Eighth Edition and Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Details


FSCS (Fire Fighters Smoke Control Station)

FSCS GuidelinesFollow these guidelines:

• Use a UL 864 UUKL Listed FSCS to provide manual control of smoke control systems. You must use the UL Listed annunciator panel made by Automation Displays, Inc. See the FSCS Requirements on page 18 for ADI contact information.

• Provide positive indication of operation on the FSCS for all smoke control equipment, for example, the damper reaches its intended position.

• Configure each Binary Output (BO) object used for pressurization and exhaust control outputs with positive feedback. Positive feedback monitors the associated controlled equipment status. Typically, smoke control dampers provide a pair of feedback binary inputs for the two damper end switches, full open and full closed. For smoke control fans, provide positive indication of air flow with either a flow switch or pressure differential sensor to determine the intended operating status of the fan.

• Display the status of all smoke control systems on the FSCS.

• Indicate, both visibly and audibly, on the FSCS any trouble conditions, when smoke control equipment does not respond to automatic or manual commands. The FSCS controls the Sonalert logic for all smoke control systems, no other application is necessary.

• Prevent the duct smoke detectors from stopping any smoke control fans once the smoke control system has been activated, if the smoke control strategy is such that the return duct exhausts the smoke from the building during the smoke control system operation. Duct smoke detectors are often located in the return duct of a Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) fan and connected to stop the fan when smoke is detected, which is in compliance with NFPA 90A.

• Use the Weekly Dedicated Test section, located in each of the three Application Notes, on all dedicated smoke control systems to verify proper operation of Dampers and Pressurization Fans. Refer to the Single-Story Enclosed Shopping Mall Smoke Control with FSCS Override - Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011067), Multi-Story Building Smoke Control with FSCS Override- Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011068), Warehouse Smoke Control with FSCS Override - Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011069) for more information.

• Automatic activation of any smoke control sequence of operation must have priority over any automatic environmental control strategy and over any non-smoke control manual commands. When an automatic smoke control sequence is initiated, the system design must bypass the following operational overrides:

- High and Low Temperature Protection Devices (specifically, A-11 and A-25 series Temperature Protection Devices)

- Return and Exhaust Air Duct Smoke Detectors

• Make the indication of a trouble condition from any air duct smoke detector available to FSCS operators so that they are able to make informed decisions concerning their override actions if smoke is detected elsewhere, especially in the supply air. This can be in the form of annunciation on the fire alarm system control panel or a remote annunciator controlled by the fire alarm system.


• Give the highest priority to the FSCS to manually activate or deactivate any predefined smoke control strategy. Give automatic smoke control a higher priority than any manual or automatic HVAC application.

• After a smoke alarm is received and acted upon automatically by the smoke control system, additional smoke alarms must not cause the smoke control system to take automatic secondary actions. However, the system must execute any manual commands from the FSCS.

• Ensure that all communication links between buildings are fiber-optic cable or copper cable buried in a conduit that is separate from power wiring.

• Ensure that response time for individual smoke control components to reach their intended position from the point of command does not exceed the following time periods: 60 seconds for fan operation at the desired state plus 10 seconds to annunciate; 75 seconds for completion of damper travel plus 10 seconds to annunciate. In the case of fan start after damper close add these times. If the damper must be closed before the fan starts, the total response time could be up to 135 seconds for operation, 75 seconds for damper to close plus 60 seconds for fan to start. Time to annunciate is added to this time. (Control system response is the time from automatic detection of a smoke condition to the issuing of the first smoke control command to the equipment.)

• Automatic activation of any smoke control sequence of operation has priority over any non-smoke control manual commands and any automatic environmental control strategy, when an auto smoke control sequence is initiated. High and low temperature protection devices and return and exhaust air-duct smoke detectors are bypassed.

• Use the UL Listed Smoke Control NAE to interface all input and output smoke control points.


FSCS RequirementsRequirements of an FSCS include the following. The FSCS must have:

• full monitoring and manual control capability over all smoke control systems and equipment

• the capability to override (partially or in full) any operation in progress, including programmed actions, non-smoke control manual overrides, and non-smoke control bypasses

• the highest priority over all smoke control systems and equipment

• a building diagram clearly indicating the type and location of all smoke control equipment

• indication of the actual status (not the command status) of systems and equipment used for smoke control. This includes both the full open status and the full closed status of each damper, the status of each fan used for smoke control, and the air flow status of every fan.

• the ability to activate an audible signal if the operation proof sensor (binary feedback point) failed to provide positive feedback that its command was executed within the allowed response time

• hardware supervision alarms, such as binary feedback trouble on fans and dampers, as well as the system trouble points, that will turn on the FSCS alarm horn

• sole control (Use only one FSCS on a Metasys system network used for smoke control applications, unless multiple FSCSs are approved by the AHJ.)

Note: You must use the approved UL Listed display panel as your FSCS. This panel is available from:

Automation Displays, Inc. (ADI)3533 N. White AvenueEau Claire, WI 54703(715) 834-9595

The FSCS can be connected to any UL 864 UUKL Listed NAE (MS-NAE5510-1U, MS-5520-1U, MS-NAE-4510-2U, MS-4520-2U, MS3510-2U, or MS-3520-2U) in the network.

NAE Requirements

Alarm Repository

The smoke control NAE must not overwrite the initial smoke event that initiated the smoke control sequence. This a required setting for all UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition smoke control NAEs.

Refer to the Required Smoke Control Site Object and Smoke Control NAE Settings section in the Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Standard Smoke Control Applications Application Note (LIT-12011308) for details on these settings.


Metasys® System Smoke Control System Overview

Smoke Control Application ExamplesTo help design a smoke control system, Figure 3 - Figure 5 show examples that comply with UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition listings, incorporating smoke control and non-smoke control systems. These are examples - the number and arrangement of components in your system may differ. Ensure that your system complies with all UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition device and communication requirements and restrictions.

See Figure 4 for MS/TP connection details and Figure 5 for LON Bus connection details.

Figure 3: Metasys System Smoke Control System Main Connection Details


Figure 4: Metasys System Smoke Control System FC Bus Connection Details

FC A FC BFC A

MS-NAE5510-1USmoke Control NAE

MS-NAE4510-2Uor

MS-3510-2USmoke Control NAE

NOTE: NAE MS-5510-1U (FC Bus A and FC Bus B ports) and MS-NAE4510-2U or MS-3510-2U (FC Bus A ports) can be configured as:

1. Smoke Control bus only. 2. Smoke Control bus with a Repeater isolated Non-Smoke Control bus. 3. Non-Smoke FC bus or non-smoke N2 bus.

SA Bus

Smoke Control 55/45/35 NAE

FC Bus

IOM

FEC

NetworkSensor

NU-RPT101-0 Repeater

SA Bus

VMA SA BusIOM

IOM

IOM IOMNetworkSensor

NetworkSensor

. . .

. . .

. . .

FC Bus

A - Near Side

B - Far Side

To either the

Non-Smoke Control equipment.

Extended Smoke Control FC Busor

NOTE: Repeater is utilized to:

1. Extend the physical length of a Smoke Control FC bus.

2. Isolate the Smoke Control bus from Non-Smoke Control equipment and/or Third-Party equipment on the same FC bus. Once isolated from the smoke control bus, no smoke control devices can be added to the Far Side bus.

1

SMO

KE

_WIR

E_F

C_D

ETA

ILS

FC Bus

FSCS Panelwith FEC1610

SA Bus

FC Bus Details

NOTE: 3rd Party Fire System Points may be connected as Dry Contacts to a digital input on an FEC or IOM.


Figure 5: Metasys System Smoke Control System LON Bus Connection Details

LON Bus

MS-NAE5520-1USmoke Control NAE

LON Bus

MS-NAE4520-2Uor

MS-3520-2USmoke Control NAE

NOTE: Repeater may be utilized to:

1. Extend the physical length of a Smoke Control LON Bus. 2. Isolate the Smoke Control bus from Non-Smoke Control equipment or Third-Party equipment.

2


LON Bus

NXE-RPT-FTT LON Repeater

A - Near Side

B - Far Side

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor

Extended Smoke Control Bus

FSC

VAV


LON Bus

NXE-RPT-FTT LON Repeater

A - Near Side

B - Far Side

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor


FSC

VAV

LON Bus

A - Near Side

B - Far Side

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor


FSC

VAV

Smoke Control NAE

NXE-RPT-FTTLON Repeater

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor


LON Bus

NXE-RPT-FTTLON Repeater

A - Near Side

B - Far Side

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor


FSC

VAV

Smoke Control NAE

ToNon-Smoke Control

and Third-Partyor


. . .

iLON 600 IP Router


Figure 6 shows a third-party Fire Alarm Control Panel used in a smoke control system. You can use any UL 864 UOJZ Listed FACP manufactured by a third party.

Figure 7 shows a application using fiber-optic cable and media converters. The following guidelines apply in this system:

• Install all fiber-optic lines and copper cables in conduit.

• Verify that all fiber-optic lines with ST connectors have a maximum length of 2000 meters (6560 feet).

• Verify that connections between a media converter and a Smoke Control supervisory controller have a maximum length of 6 meters (20 feet) and that all cables are in the same room as the media converters.

• Verify that all copper cables with RJ45 connectors are Category 5 twisted pair.

Figure 6: Fire Alarm Control Panel Inputs

IOM

Smoke Control NAE 5510-1USmoke Control NAE 4510-2USmoke Control NAE 3510-2U

FEC

Fire AlarmControl Panel(Third Party)


LON


LON


LON


FC FC

MS/TPSmoke Control NAE 5520-1USmoke Control NAE 4520-2USmoke Control NAE 3520-2U

LON

Dry ContactsMaximum

20 Foot Length(Must be in conduit)

NXP-FSC-01UNXP-FSC-01UNXP-FSC-01U NXP-FSC-01U

LON

Fire AlarmControl Panel(Third Party) 3r

d_Pa

rty_W

ire


Figure 7: Smoke Control System - Fiber-Optic and Ethernet Communications


Overview of HVAC Smoke Control System Types

Central SystemsCentral HVAC systems are frequently employed in smoke control designs. The designer should ensure that the system’s capacity is sufficient to supply the quantity of outdoor air necessary to pressurize the areas adjacent to any fire area. The designer should also make sure that the fan systems can handle situations where a fire may expand to other areas, requiring more areas to be positively pressurized. In addition, the installer must install smoke dampers at the duct risers of each floor’s supply and return takeoffs as required by NFPA 92A. Pressure controls should also be employed in order to avoid rupturing or collapsing the ductwork.

Dedicated Smoke Control Systems

Dedicated smoke control systems are fan, damper, and duct systems designed for the sole purpose of controlling smoke within a building. An example of a dedicated system is a stairwell or elevator shaft pressurization system that is operational only during a smoke control event. The dedicated smoke control systems form a system of air movement that is separate and distinct from the building’s HVAC system, and they only operate to control the flow of smoke. With their function being dedicated to the performance of smoke control, dedicated smoke control systems are more immune to faults in the building’s HVAC system.

Note: To assure full performance and maintain UL compliance, apply automatic weekly testing to all dedicated systems, including dedicated elevator shaft fans, dampers used exclusively for smoke control. Refer to the Single-Story Enclosed Shopping Mall Smoke Control with FSCS Override - Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011067), Multi-Story Building Smoke Control with FSCS Override- Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011068), Warehouse Smoke Control with FSCS Override - Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Application Note (LIT-12011069) for details on how to perform the necessary tests. Any failure to properly respond in the allotted time must send a trouble signal to the FSCS.

Non-Dedicated Smoke Control Systems

Non-dedicated smoke control systems share components with other air moving equipment normally used for building environmental control. When the smoke control mode is activated, the operating mode of the building’s HVAC equipment changes in order to accomplish the objectives of the smoke control design. Non-dedicated systems tend to be less costly and occupy less space. However, from an operational standpoint, the control strategy becomes more elaborate. This may expand the number of control and monitoring points connected to a Building Automation System (BAS) and increases the complexity of the sequence of operation of the air moving equipment.

Individual Floor Fan UnitsIf sufficient outdoor air is available and the system has the capability to exhaust an area, individual or floor-by-floor fan units can be used in smoke control applications.


Fan Coil Units/Water Source Heat PumpsThese types of units are generally located on the perimeters of buildings and draw only enough outdoor air to fulfill the fresh air requirements of the spaces they serve. The units are used in conjunction with central systems, which deliver fresh air and exhaust recirculated air in larger quantities. When the fan coil unit is not located in the smoke zone, it is acceptable to exclude it from the smoke control sequence. When the unit serves the smoke zone in a design that calls for the area to be negatively pressurized, its outdoor air damper should be closed, and the unit should be de-energized.

Induction Units

During a smoke control mode, induction units that serve the smoke zone should be shut down, or their primary air source should be closed off.

Variable Air Volume (VAV) SystemsThe Variable Air Volume (VAV) system, when employed as part of a smoke control strategy, is a subset of the general central system category described above. Employ control strategies that ensure adequate quantities of air pass through the terminal units to permit floor pressurization in the areas adjacent to the smoke zone. This may include overriding the air volume control to provide maximum deliverable air to the areas adjacent to the fire area. If fan-powered terminal units are used and installed in the smoke zone, shut off their fans. If bypass dampers fulfill the volume control, close the damper during smoke control mode.

Smoke Dampers

All dampers used as barriers in smoke partitions or as safety dampers in a smoke control system must be UL Listed and Classified for use in that application. (Refer to UL 555S Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems.)

Design ConsiderationsThis section outlines the design criteria you should consider when implementing a smoke control strategy.

Smoke MovementIn general, the movement of smoke will follow the same pattern as the overall air movement within a building. The major influences on smoke movement includes stack effect, air/smoke buoyancy, air/smoke expansion, wind, pressure, and the operating HVAC system. In a fire situation, a combination of these influences usually causes smoke movement.

An accepted way of containing smoke within a compartment or an area is to create pressure differences across partitions that separate the affected area from the surrounding areas. You can accomplish this by creating higher pressure in the adjacent space than the pressure which is in the smoke zone. The pressure differential should be sufficient to overcome the effects of wind pressure, stack effect, buoyancy of hot gases, and other influences, yet permit doors leading to emergency exit routes to be opened.


In addition, air flow can minimize the movement of smoke through openings such as doors. For example, you can pressurize a stairwell, thereby minimizing the migration of smoke into the stairwell. Should one of the stairwell doors open, the flow of fresh air from the stairwell reduces the movement of smoke into the affected area.

Note: Treat elevator shafts like stairwells and positively pressurize them to prevent vertical migration of smoke through the building. You may close inter-floor and inter-area duct work not being used for active smoke control at the appropriate locations, as detailed. See Table 1 Related Documentation on page 11 of this document.

Smoke Control StrategiesThe smoke alarm initiation of an automatic smoke detection device, such as an area-type smoke detector located in one of the facility’s smoke zones, generally activates the smoke control system. This activation may initiate a control strategy for the air moving equipment to create higher pressures in the areas surrounding the smoke zone than are present in the smoke zone. This may include positively pressurizing areas adjacent to the smoke zone and/or negatively pressurizing the smoke zone and exhausting air from the smoke zone. Subsequent smoke alarm conditions in other zones must be prevented from automatically changing the initial smoke control sequence. Keep in mind the guidelines provided in this section when planning your smoke control strategy.

Note: Do not use duct type smoke detectors exclusively to activate smoke control, for the following reasons:

• The dilution of air in the duct system likely results in a slow response time.

• The supply air duct detector, when exposed to outdoor air in the HVAC supply air duct, may report a false alarm condition.

• The duct system may move smoke from the smoke zone, and this causes the duct detector in the return/exhaust duct of the non-dedicated fan system to register an alarm condition.

Note: It may be acceptable to use a duct smoke detector if it is not exposed to outdoor air, the duct detector’s coverage area is equal to the area covered by a spot type area smoke detector (typically 900 square feet or less), and/or the AHJ has approved the application.

Initiating DevicesThe following section describes initiating devices for manual and automatic initiation.

Manual InitiationDo not use manual pull stations to initiate a smoke control sequence, since there is no certainty that manual devices will be activated in the area of involvement. However, you can use manual pull stations to initiate global operations, such as energizing stairwell and elevator shaft pressurization fans.

Manual implementation of the smoke control strategy takes place at the FSCS. The FSCS must be capable of overriding, either partially or in full, any automatic activation that may be in progress. It must also be capable of manually controlling each control point (damper, HVAC fan, and so forth) that is used for smoke control in the facility. Refer to the application notes in Related Documentation on page 11 for details on how to integrate an FSCS into a Metasys system.


Interface devices (those that interface field points to the controller) have the following restrictions. They must:

• be listed for use in the Johnson Controls Smoke Control Listing

• be used and installed according to Johnson Controls literature

• result in fan operation at the desired state within 60 seconds (plus 10 seconds to annunciate) when commanded

• result in completion of damper travel within 75 seconds (plus 10 seconds to annunciate) when commanded

For more information, see the Smoke Control Applications in Table 1 on page 11.

Automatic InitiationYou can initiate an automatic operation of a smoke control sequence using a Multi-State or Life-Safety BACnet Gateway connected to an IFC2-640, IFC2-3030, or IFC-320 Intelligent Fire Controller panel. In addition, a third-party Fire Alarm Control Panel can initiate automatic operation of a smoke control sequence using a set of dry contacts.

Third party devices must be connected to a repeater (NU-RPT101-1U).

End-to-End VerificationEnd-to-end verification is required to ensure that the smoke control sequence of operation has been implemented. Verification must be accomplished by using damper position indicators and air flow switches or differential pressure sensors. Failures resulting in equipment failing to respond (or responding inappropriately) to commands from the Metasys smoke control system, must generate an audible and visual trouble signal at the FSCS. For HVAC dampers, used in smoke control sequences, the FSCS must display a positive indication of the damper’s fully opened position and its fully closed position and must report a trouble condition if the damper position does not agree with the commanded position. For a permanent record of trouble conditions, including situations where the commanded smoke control sequence does not equal condition, use the audit trail function to record the last commands and events during a Smoke Control Sequence.

Fan Relay SupervisionIf the project must meet Life Safety Code NFPA 101 requirements (where the fire system utilizes the HVAC system to sequence control or shutdown an HVAC fan), then fan relay supervision is required. The auxiliary relay used to control the motor starter on the HVAC system fan must be located within three feet of the motor starter. The wiring between the fan shutdown controller and the shutdown relay must be monitored for integrity (supervised). This can be accomplished by using electronic supervision or continuously powered shutdown relays that turn the fan off if power is lost to the relay circuit. In addition, proof of fan operation such as an air flow switch is required.


Response TimesResponse times for individual components to achieve their intended state from the point of command should not exceed the following time periods: 60 seconds for fan operation at the intended state plus 10 seconds to annunciate; 75 seconds for completion of damper travel plus 10 seconds to annunciate. See Figure 8 through Figure 14 for examples of response times and timing order.

UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Communication Timing

Figure 8: UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Communication Timing

IFC Fire Panel NAE FSCS

On Loss of the communication to the NAE you

have 200 seconds to

annunciate the trouble at the

FSCS

Field Controller

Fan Controls

On Loss of the communication to a Fire Panel you have 200

seconds to annunciate the trouble at the

FSCS

NOTE: If the trouble is locked in for 24 hrs, the FSCS must resound the trouble by flashing the LED for the equipment and sounding the audible alarm on the FSCS again.

On Loss of the communication

to the FSCS you have 200

seconds to annunciate the Trouble/Alarm

at the NAE

On Loss of the communication

to the Field Controller you

have 10 seconds to


FSCS

On a trouble for the output / feedback

circuits on the Field Controller

you have 10 seconds to


FSCS

Com

mun

icat

ion

Loss

Tim

ing

Seq

uenc

e.vs

d


Automatic Fan Command Timing

Figu

re 9

: Aut

omat

ic F

an C

omm

and

Tim

ing

IFC

Fire

Pa

nel

NA

EFS

CS

Ann

unci

atio

n of

a F

ire a

larm

fro

m th

e IF

C

Fire

Pan

el

The

NAE

m

ust p

roce

ss

the

Ala

rm a

nd

send

a

Com

man

d to

th

e FS

CS

The

FSC

S m

ust i

ndic

ate

a Fi

re A

larm

w

ith a

sol

id

Zone

LE

D

In P

aral

lel,

the

NAE

mus

t tri

gger

the

Sm

oke

Con

trol

Stra

tegy

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Fan

Con

trols

BTh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

fir

st S

mok

e co

ntro

l co

mm

and

is

10 s

econ

ds

from

the

annu

ncia

tion

of th

e Fi

re

alar

m a

t the

FS

CS

+ 10

Se

cond

s =

20

Seco

nds

from

th

e fir

e al

arm

at

the

IFC

Fire

P

anel

CTh

e Fa

n ha

s 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n

DTh

e Fa

n ha

s 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n, if

it

does

not

you

ha

ve 1

0 se

c to

ann

unci

ate

a Tr

oubl

e at

th

e FS

CS

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r an

nunc

iatio

n is

10

seco

nds,

re

gard

less

of

how

man

y co

ntro

llers

are

in

the

proc

ess

In Parallel

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

its in

tend

ed p

ositi

on fo

r the

test

, a T

roub

le is

ann

unci

ated

on

the

FSC

S.

An

Aut

o C

omm

and

Ret

ry th

en o

ccur

s ev

ery

min

ute

until

eith

er th

e eq

uipm

ent h

as

reac

hed

the

inte

nded

pos

ition

or t

he fi

re c

ondi

tion

requ

iring

sm

oke

cont

rol o

n th

e eq

uipm

ent i

s cl

eare

d. If

the

Trou

ble

is lo

cked

in fo

r 24

hrs,

the

FSC

S m

ust f

lash

its

Trou

ble

LED

for t

he

equi

pmen

t and

reso

und

the

FSC

S au

dibl

e al

arm

.

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n A

utom

atic

Fan

Com

man

d Ti

min

g

10 S

econ

ds

A10

Sec

onds

B1st

Com

man

d60

Sec

onds

C

10 S

econ

ds

DFi

eld

Con

trol

0 S

econ

ds

IFC

Det

ects

A

larm

and

A

nnun

ciat

es

at th

e IF

C

Fire

Pan

elTr

oubl

e An

nunc

iatio

n

Sm

oke

Alar

m A

nnun

ciat

ion

– 10

Sec

onds

V9_Automatic_Fan_Cmd


Manual Fan Command Timing

Figu

re 1

0: M

anua

l Fan

Com

man

d Ti

min

g

V9_Manual_Fan_Cmd

NA

EFS

CS

Usi

ng th

e FS

CS

sw

itche

s,

issu

e a

man

ual F

an

com

man

d

The

NA

E

mus

t pro

cess

th

e co

mm

and

from

the

FSC

S

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Fan

Con

trols

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

S

mok

e co

ntro

l co

mm

and

is

10 s

econ

ds

for t

he

com

man

d is

sued

at t

he

FSC

S

BTh

e Fa

n ha

s 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n

CTh

e Fa

n ha

d 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n, if

it

did

not y

ou

have

10

sec

to a

nnun

ciat

e a

Trou

ble

at

the

FSC

S

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

its in

tend

ed p

ositi

on fo

r the

test

, a T

roub

le is

ann

unci

ated

on

the

FSC

S.

An A

uto

Com

man

d R

etry

then

occ

urs

ever

y m

inut

e un

til e

ither

the

equi

pmen

t has

re

ache

d th

e in

tend

ed p

ositi

on o

r the

fire

con

ditio

n re

quiri

ng s

mok

e co

ntro

l on

the

equi

pmen

t is

clea

red.

If th

e Tr

oubl

e is

lock

ed in

for 2

4 hr

s, th

e FS

CS

mus

t fla

sh it

s Tr

oubl

e LE

D fo

r the

eq

uipm

ent a

nd re

soun

d th

e FS

CS

audi

ble

alar

m.

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n M

anua

l Fan

Com

man

d Ti

min

g

10 S

econ

ds

A

60 S

econ

ds

BM

anu a

l Com

ma n

d

10 S

econ

ds

C

Fiel

d C

ontro

l

0 Se

cond

s

NA

E pr

oces

ses

the

man

ual

com

man

d

Fan

Fails

to R

each

Inte

nded

Pos

ition

- Tr

oubl

e A

nnun

ciat

ion

Fan

Posi

tion

Atte

mpt

– 6

0 S

econ

ds

10 Seconds


Weekly Dedicated Fan Test Timing

Figu

re 1

1: W

eekl

y D

edic

ated

Fan

Tes

t Tim

ing

NA

EFS

CS

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Fan

Con

trols

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

fir

st

Equi

pmen

t Te

st

com

man

d is

10

sec

onds

fro

m th

e st

art

of th

e W

eekl

y D

edic

ated

Te

st.

BTh

e Fa

n ha

s 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n

CTh

e Fa

n ha

d 60

sec

onds

to

chan

ge to

the

inte

nded

po

sitio

n, if

it

did

not y

ou

have

10

sec

to a

nnun

ciat

e a

Trou

ble

at

the

FSC

S

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n W

eekl

y D

edic

ated

Fan

Tes

t Tim

ing

10 S

econ

ds

A

60 S

econ

ds

BN

AE C

omm

and

10 S

econ

ds

C

Fiel

d C

ontro

l

0 S

econ

ds

NA

E co

mm

ands

th

e W

eekl

y Te

st to

beg

in

Dam

per F

ails

to R

each

Inte

nded

Pos

ition

- Tr

oubl

e An

nunc

iatio

n

Fan

Pos

ition

Atte

mpt

– 6

0 S

econ

ds

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

the

inte

nded

pos

ition

for t

he te

st, a

Tro

uble

is a

nnun

ciat

ed

on th

e FS

CS.

An

Aut

o C

omm

and

Ret

ry th

en o

ccur

s ev

ery

10 m

inut

es u

ntil

the

test

is c

ompl

eted

sa

tisfa

ctor

ily. T

he te

st is

term

inat

ed a

t the

firs

t Tro

uble

indi

cate

d if

eith

er a

fire

ala

rm o

ccur

s th

at

incl

udes

this

equ

ipm

ent,

an F

SC

S Z

one

Sw

itch

is m

oved

from

the

Aut

o po

sitio

n th

at in

clud

es th

is

equi

pmen

t, or

the

indi

vidu

al e

quip

men

t FSC

S sw

itch

is m

oved

from

the

Aut

o po

sitio

n. I

f the

Tr

oubl

e is

lock

ed in

for 2

4 hr

s, th

e FS

CS

mus

t fla

sh th

e LE

D fo

r the

equ

ipm

ent a

nd re

soun

d th

e au

dibl

e al

arm

on

the

FSC

S.

V9_Weekly_Fan_Test


Automatic Damper Command Timing

Figu

re 1

2: A

utom

atic

Dam

per C

omm

and

Tim

ing

IFC

Fire

Pa

nel

NA

EFS

CS

Ann

unci

atio

n of

a F

ire a

larm

fro

m th

e IF

C

Fire

Pan

el

The

NAE

m

ust p

roce

ss

the

Ala

rm a

nd

send

a

Com

man

d to

th

e FS

CS

The

FSC

S

mus

t ind

icat

e a

Fire

Ala

rm

with

a s

olid

Zo

ne L

ED

In P

aral

lel,

the

NA

E m

ust

trigg

er th

e Sm

oke

Con

trol

Stra

tegy

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Dam

per

Con

trols

BTh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

fir

st S

mok

e co

ntro

l co

mm

and

is

10 s

econ

ds

from

the

annu

ncia

tion

of th

e Fi

re

alar

m a

t the

FS

CS

+ 1

0 Se

cond

s =

20

Seco

nds

from

th

e fir

e al

arm

at

the

IFC

Fire

P

anel

CTh

e D

ampe

r ha

s 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion

DTh

e D

ampe

r ha

s 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion,

if it

do

es n

ot y

ou

have

10

sec

to a

nnun

ciat

e a

Trou

ble

at

the

FSC

S

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r an

nunc

iatio

n is

10

seco

nds,

re

gard

less

of

how

man

y co

ntro

llers

are

in

the

proc

ess

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

its in

tend

ed p

ositi

on fo

r the

test

, a T

roub

le is

ann

unci

ated

on

the

FSC

S.

An A

uto

Com

man

d R

etry

then

occ

urs

ever

y m

inut

e un

til e

ither

the

equi

pmen

t has

re

ache

d th

e in

tend

ed p

ositi

on o

r the

fire

con

ditio

n re

quiri

ng s

mok

e co

ntro

l on

the

equi

pmen

t is

clea

red.

If th

e Tr

oubl

e is

lock

ed in

for 2

4 hr

s, th

e FS

CS

mus

t fla

sh it

s Tr

oubl

e LE

D fo

r the

eq

uipm

ent a

nd re

soun

d th

e FS

CS

aud

ible

ala

rm.

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n A

utom

atic

Dam

per C

omm

and

Tim

ing

10 S

econ

ds

A10

Sec

onds

B1st

Com

man

d75

Sec

onds

C

10 S

econ

ds

DFi

eld

Con

trol

0 Se

cond

s

IFC

Det

ects

A

larm

and

A

nnun

ciat

es

at th

e IF

C

Fire

Pan

elTr

oubl

e An

nunc

iatio

n

Sm

oke

Ala

rm A

nnun

ciat

ion

– 10

Sec

onds

V9_Automatic_Damper_Cmd


Manual Damper Command Timing

NAE

FSC

S

Usi

ng th

e FS

CS

switc

hes,

is

sue

a m

anua

l D

ampe

r co

mm

and

The

NA

E

mus

t pro

cess

th

e co

mm

and

from

the

FSC

S

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Dam

per

Con

trols

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

S

mok

e co

ntro

l co

mm

and

is

10 s

econ

ds

for t

he

com

man

d is

sued

at t

he

FSC

S

BTh

e D

ampe

r ha

s 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion

CTh

e D

ampe

r ha

d 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion,

if it

di

d no

t you

ha

ve 1

0 se

c to

ann

unci

ate

a Tr

oubl

e at

th

e FS

CS

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

its in

tend

ed p

ositi

on fo

r the

test

, a T

roub

le is

ann

unci

ated

on

the

FSC

S.

An

Auto

Com

man

d R

etry

then

occ

urs

ever

y m

inut

e un

til e

ither

the

equi

pmen

t has

re

ache

d th

e in

tend

ed p

ositi

on o

r the

fire

con

ditio

n re

quiri

ng s

mok

e co

ntro

l on

the

equi

pmen

t is

clea

red.

If th

e Tr

oubl

e is

lock

ed in

for 2

4 hr

s, th

e FS

CS

mus

t fla

sh it

s Tr

oubl

e LE

D fo

r the

eq

uipm

ent a

nd re

soun

d th

e FS

CS

audi

ble

alar

m.

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n M

anua

l Dam

per C

omm

and

Tim

ing

10 S

econ

ds

A

75 S

econ

ds

BM

anu a

l Com

ma n

d

10 S

econ

ds

C

Fiel

d C

ontro

l

0 S

econ

ds

NAE

pr

oces

ses

the

man

ual

com

man

d

Dam

per F

ails

to R

each

Inte

nded

Pos

ition

- Tr

oubl

e A

nnun

ciat

ion

Dam

per P

ositi

on A

ttem

pt –

75

Seco

nds

10 Seconds

V9_Manual_Damper_Cmd

Figu

re 1

3: M

anua

l Dam

per C

omm

and

Tim

ing


Weekly Dedicated Damper Test Timing

Figu

re 1

4: W

eekl

y D

edic

ated

Dam

per T

est T

imin

g

V9_Weekly_Damper_Test

NAE

FSC

S

Fiel

d C

ontro

ller

Dam

per

Con

trols

ATh

e ov

eral

l tim

e fo

r the

fir

st

Equ

ipm

ent

Test

co

mm

and

is

10 s

econ

ds

from

the

star

t of

the

Wee

kly

Ded

icat

ed

Test

.

BTh

e D

ampe

r ha

s 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion

CTh

e D

ampe

r ha

d 75

se

cond

s to

ch

ange

to th

e in

tend

ed

posi

tion,

if it

di

d no

t you

ha

ve 1

0 se

c to

ann

unci

ate

a Tr

oubl

e at

th

e FS

CS

UL

864

UU

KL

Nin

th E

ditio

n W

eekl

y D

edic

ated

Dam

per T

est T

imin

g

10 S

econ

ds

A

75 S

econ

ds

BN

AE C

omm

and

10 S

econ

ds

C

Fiel

d C

ontro

l

0 S

econ

ds

NAE

co

mm

ands

th

e W

eekl

y Te

st to

beg

in

Dam

per F

ails

to R

each

Inte

nded

Pos

ition

- Tr

oubl

e An

nunc

iatio

n

Dam

per P

ositi

on A

ttem

pt –

75

Seco

nds

NO

TE: I

f the

equ

ipm

ent f

ails

to re

ach

the

inte

nded

pos

ition

for t

he te

st, a

Tro

uble

is a

nnun

ciat

ed

on th

e FS

CS

. A

n A

uto

Com

man

d R

etry

then

occ

urs

ever

y 10

min

utes

unt

il th

e te

st is

com

plet

ed

satis

fact

orily

. The

test

is te

rmin

ated

at t

he fi

rst T

roub

le in

dica

ted

if ei

ther

a fi

re a

larm

occ

urs

that

in

clud

es th

is e

quip

men

t, an

FS

CS

Zon

e Sw

itch

is m

oved

from

the

Auto

pos

ition

that

incl

udes

this

eq

uipm

ent,

or th

e in

divi

dual

equ

ipm

ent F

SCS

sw

itch

is m

oved

from

the

Aut

o po

sitio

n. I

f the

Tr

oubl

e is

lock

ed in

for 2

4 hr

s, th

e FS

CS

mus

t fla

sh th

e LE

D fo

r the

equ

ipm

ent a

nd re

soun

d th

e au

dibl

e al

arm

on

the

FSC

S.

V9_Weekly_Damper_Test


Network CommunicationsSee Table 3 for ethernet network rules. Follow the Important information listed below. Table 3: Ethernet Network RulesCategory Rules/Maximum AllowedGeneral Star topology with network hubs, switches, and routers

Number of Devices Maximum of 100 devices can be connected to one site in the Metasys system extended architecture.

Line Length and Type Solid unshielded twisted pair (Category 5 cable): 100 m (330 ft)Stranded unshielded twisted pair (patch cable): 10 m (33 ft)RG58A/U coax cable (for 10Base2 systems): 185 m (607 ft)Plastic/glass fiber optic with external adapter: 2000 m (6600 ft)

Terminations For 10/100 BaseT, no line terminators allowed.

Surge Protection All ethernet connections must have a PNET1GB surge suppressor at each end of its ethernet cable. The ground lead of the PNET1GB must be connected to earth ground. See APC PNET1GB Ethernet Transient Protector on page 38 for additional information and wiring details.

IMPORTANT: Do not apply power to the Metasys network before finishing communication wiring and checking all wiring connections. Short-circuited or improperly connected wires may result in permanent damage to the equipment.

IMPORTANT: Use copper conductors only. Make all wiring in accordance with local, national, and regional regulations. Do not exceed the electrical ratings for the devices on the Metasys network.

IMPORTANT: Do not run network communication cables in the same conduit, raceway, or panel with any high voltage (>30 VAC) wiring. Isolate all network devices from high-voltage wiring and equipment. Failure to isolate network wiring and network devices from high-voltage wiring and equipment can result in damage to network devices or poor network performance.

IMPORTANT: Prevent any static electric discharge to the network wiring and network devices. Static electric discharge can damage the network devices and void any warranties.

IMPORTANT: Always consult with the customer’s Network IT department before installing Metasys Ethernet components. Other online systems may be affected, so close coordination with the IT department is very important.

IMPORTANT: Do not deform, bend, stretch, or staple Ethernet cables. Also, do not run Ethernet cables parallel to power cables or near noise inducing components.

!WARNING: Risk of Electric Shock and Property Damage. Disconnect or isolate all power supplies before making electrical connections. More than one disconnect or isolation may be required to completely de-energize equipment. Contact with components carrying hazardous voltage can cause electric shock and may result in severe personal injury or death.


Fire Alarm Annunciation Panels

IFC2-640The IFC2-640 Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel is part of the Fire Alarm Controls. As a standalone small-to-large system or as a large network, the products meet virtually every application requirement. Designed with modularity and for ease of system planning, the IFC2-640 can be configured with just a few devices for small building applications or for a large campus or high-rise application. Simply add additional peripheral equipment to suit the application.

IFC2-3030The IFC2-3030 is an intelligent Fire Alarm Control Panel designed for medium- to large-scale facilities. Fire emergency detection and evacuation are extremely critical to life safety, and the IFC2-3030 is ideally suited for these applications.

Figure 15: IFC2-640 Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

Figure 16: IFC2-3030 Fire Alarm Annunciation Panel


IFC-320The IFC-320 is designed to bring sophistication and superior performance to smaller applications. Auto-programming features allow fire protection to be established in seconds. Additional programming is quick and easy and patented technology makes the IFC-320 exceed worldwide code requirements for response time.

Figure 17: IFC-320 Fire Alarm Annunciation Panel


Surge Protection Devices

Ethernet Transient Protection

APC PNET1GB Ethernet Transient ProtectorThe PNET1GB provides standalone data-line surge suppression for ethernet networks, telecommunication and PC system protection.

APC's Surge Protectors are fail safe, which means that once the circuit of an APC Surge Protector has been compromised the unit disconnects equipment from the power supply ensuring that no damaging surges reach your equipment.

See the Wiring section of each ethernet device for proper wiring connections.

Safety Precautions

• Use only for ethernet and token ring interface cards, hubs, switches, and other LAN equipment.

• Turn off power to all equipment to be protected prior to installing the PNET1GB.

• The PNET1GB must be connected to earth ground.

• To prevent electric shock when installing the ground wire to the electrical power outlet ground, turn off electricity to the outlet.

From the electrical panel, switch off the appropriate circuit breaker or remove the fuse for that circuit/outlet.

Figure 18: APC Pnet1Gb Ethernet Transient Protector


Installation

1. Verify all hardware installation and software configuration prior to installing the PNET1GB. Verify that the system functions correctly with the existing network line.

2. Switch off power to the equipment to be protected.

3. Disconnect the existing network line from the equipment to be protected.

4. Connect this network line to the input jack o on the PNET1GB.

5. Connect one end of the supplied 6-inch patch cable to the output jack on the PNET1GB. This jack is labeled on the PNET1GB with a circle and arrow.

6. Connect the other end of the patch cable to the input jack on the network equipment j to be protected.

7. Connect the green/yellow ground wire to ground.

Note: To fully protect your system, all surge protectors must be properly grounded. If your electrical system is a two-wire non-grounded system, the PNET1GB may be left ungrounded. However, if the PNET1GB ground wire is unconnected to earth ground, the longitudinal (line to ground) surge protection will be rendered ineffective.

Note: An APC PNET1GB is required at both ethernet cable ends of all ethernet connections. It must be connected as closely as possible to the device. It must be mounted as shown in Figure 19.

Figure 19: APC PNET1GB Ethernet Transient Protector Mounting Details


Specifications

UL Label Placement

UL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in Figure 20.

Table 4: APC PNET1GB SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPeak Current Normal Mode 6.50 kAmps

Peak Surge Current 250A Max with 8 x 20µs waveform

Peak Voltage ±6,000V with 1.2 x 50µs waveform

Breakover Voltage 60 VDC

NM Surge Response Time 1 ns

Dataline protection RJ45 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet protection

Data Lines Protected 1

Let Through Voltage Rating < 60

Nominal Operating Temperature 32 to 120º F (0 to 49º C)

Relative Humidity 10 to 93%, Non-Condensing

Lines Protected Pin #1-8 (on Pin 8 Modular Jack)

Standard Compliance Compliant with IEEE 802.3, 802.5, 802.12 Ethernet standard, Category 5, 6

Compliance UL 497BUL 1449 TVSS Rating 330 V

Dimensions (H x W x D) 4.10 x 1.87 x 1.10 in (10.4 x 4.7 x 2.8 cm)

Net Weight 0.11 lbs. (0.05 kg)

Figure 20: PNET1GB-0U UL Label Placement


Power Surge ProtectionThe Tripp Lite Isobar Ultra 8 and Ultra 12 premium surge and noise suppression devices prevent equipment damage and performance problems resulting from damaging transient surges and line noise. Their active filter network maintains noise-free output with zero reaction / response time. Rugged all-metal, mountable housing fitted with high quality duplex-style output receptacles. 8 outlets, 2350 joules AC protection level, less than 35V let through voltage, 3 diagnostic LEDs.

Tripp Lite 8 Ultra Surge Suppressor

Robust surge suppression circuits with sine-wave tracking offer extreme levels of protection against the heaviest surge conditions exceeding IEEE 587 category A & B specifications and reducing 6,000V test surges to harmless levels under 35 volts. Isobar's unique protection system combines large torroidal chokes, ferrite rod-core inductors, High Frequency/Very High Frequency (HF/VHF) capacitors and multiple layers of metal oxide varistors into exclusive isolated filter banks that remove Electromagnetic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI), even noise generated by other pieces of connected equipment. ISOBAR8ULTRA offers 8 outlets arranged in four filter banks to prevent system crashes, reboots and performance problems common as noisy system peripherals are powered off and on.

Surge suppression rated at 2350 joules / 97,000 amps offers network-grade protection. Widely spaced NEMA 5-15 outlets accommodate up to 4 large transformer plugs without blocking outlets. Diagnostic LEDs confirm power availability, line fault and protection status. Includes 12 foot AC line cord with space-saving angled input plug, and keyhole mounting tabs.

Figure 21: Tripp Lite Isobar 8 Ultra Surge Suppressor


Specifications

UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels are not required for this product.

Table 5: Tripp Lite ISOBAR 8 Ultra Surge Suppressor SpecificationsCategory SpecificationVoltage compatibilityFrequency compatibility

120 VAC60 Hz

Output volt amp capacity 12 Amps

Output watt capacity 1440 watts

Outlet quantity / type 8 NEMA 5-15R output receptacles, high quality duplex style

Transformer accommodation Supports up to 4 large transformer plug accessories without covering remaining outlets

Input connection type NEMA 5-15P input plug

Input cord length 12 ft (3.7 m)

Recommended electrical service 120V 15A

Diagnostic LEDs PROTECTION PRESENT (green)LINE FAULT (red)LINE OK (green)

Switches Two position red illuminated on/off power switch

Protection modes Includes full normal mode (H-N) and common mode (N-G / H-G) line surge suppression

AC suppression joule rating 2350 joules

Clamping voltage (RMS) 140V

AC suppression response time NM = 0 ns, CM = <1 ns

AC suppression surge current rating 97,000 amps (36,000 NM / 61,000 CM)

AC suppression components used Metal oxide varistors, toroidal balanced chokes, ferrite rod-core inductors and VHF capacitors.

Safe thermal fusing Prevents unsafe conditions during extreme extended overvoltages and catastrophic occurrences

UL1499 let through rating 330V - UL Verified

IEEE587 Cat. A ringwave let through Less than 35 volts

EMI / RFI filtering 40-80 dB

Unit Weight 4.6 lbs (2.1 kg)

Dimensions (Height x Width x Depth) 2.5 x 9 x 3.5 in (6.4 x 22.9 x 8.9 cm)

ComplianceUL 1449 1998 Rev. (AC Suppression) UL1449 (UR status)

UL 1283 (EMI Filter) UL 1283


cUL / CSA (Canada) cUL

Approvals Exceeds IEEE 587 category A&B specifications


Tripp Lite ISOBAR 12 Ultra Surge SuppressorTripp Lite's ISOBAR12ULTRA offers network-grade surge and noise suppression in a versatile all-metal multi-mount cabinet. Detachable mounting flanges are configurable for rackmount, wallmount and under-counter installation. Uses only 1 rack space (1U) when installed in any 19 inch EIA standard rack. Features the highest level of AC surge and EMI/RFI noise suppression of all Tripp Lite rackmount surge suppressors. Outlets are arranged in exclusive isolated filter banks to limit noise interaction among connected items. Includes 12 outlets (2 front / 10 rear), 15 ft AC power cord and guarded power switch to reduce the risk of accidental shutoff. Diagnostic LEDs indicate AC present, line fault and protection status.

Figure 22: Tripp Lite Isobar 12 Ultra Surge Suppressor


Specifications

UL Label Placement

UL Listing labels are not required for this product.

Table 6: Tripp Lite Isobar 12 Ultra Surge Suppressor SpecificationsCategory SpecificationVoltage compatibilityFrequency compatibility

120 VAC60 Hz

Output volt amp capacity 15 Amps

Output watt capacity 1800 watts

Outlet quantity / type 12 NEMA 5-15R output duplex style receptacles, 2 front / 10 rear

Transformer accommodation Supports up to 4 large transformer plug accessories without covering remaining outlets

Input connection type NEMA 5-15P input plug

Input cord length 15 ft (4.6 m)

Recommended electrical service 120V 15A

Diagnostic LEDs PROTECTION PRESENT (green)LINE FAULT (red)LINE OK (green)

Switches Two-position red illuminated on/off power switch to all outlets

Protection modes Includes full normal mode (H-N) and common mode (N-G / H-G) line surge suppression

AC suppression joule rating 1280 joules

Clamping voltage (RMS) 140V

AC suppression response time NM = 0 ns, CM = <1 ns

AC suppression surge current rating 96,000 amps

AC suppression components used Metal oxide varistors, toroidal balanced chokes, and VHF capacitors.

Safe thermal fusing Prevents unsafe conditions during extreme extended overvoltages and catastrophic occurrences

UL1499 let through rating 330V - UL Verified

EMI / RFI filtering 40-80 dB

Unit Weight 4.6 lbs (2.1 kg)

Dimensions (Height x Width x Depth) 2.5 x 9 x 3.5 in (6.4 x 22.9 x 8.9 cm)

ComplianceUL 1449 1998 Rev. (AC Suppression)

UL1449 (UR status)


cUL / CSA (Canada) cUL

Approvals Exceeds IEEE 587 category A&B specifications


Network Communications

Copper Cable ConnectionsUse copper cables (10BaseT, Twisted Pair) with 4-pair RJ45 connectors for connections between RJ45 ports on switches, media converters, and Ethernet Network Interface Cards (NICs). Use cables less than 100 meters (328 feet) in length. Straight-through cables are used for all ethernet connections but one.

Use copper cable that has the following characteristics:

• 10BaseT, Unshielded Twisted Pair

• 2.5 meters (8.2 feet) minimum distance between nodes

• 100 meters (330 feet) maximum length

• RJ45 connectors

Verify that copper cable connected to media converters does not leave the room in which the media converter is installed. Use an American Power Conversion (APC) ProtectNet (Model PNET1GB) surge protector on each cable segment to prevent electrical surges.

Note: See Figure 19 on page 39 for ethernet surge protection details using the PNET1GB.

Step 1. Align plug on cable with port on device.

Step 2. Insert plug into port.

Step 3. Push forward slightly to lock into place.

R 45 Female Port on DeviceJ

Figure 23: Using RJ45 Style Connectors on Copper Cables


Fiber-Optic Cable ConnectionsUse fiber-optic cable that has the following characteristics:

• 10BaseFL

• plastic optical fibers

• multimode

• 6560 feet (2000 meters) maximum length

• ST-style connectors (820nm wavelength) or MTRJ-style connectors (1300 nm wavelength)

Figure 24: Ethernet Straight-Thru Cable RJ45 Connector Pinouts

Figure 25: Ethernet Cross-Over Cable RJ45 Connector Pinouts


ST Style Connectors

MTRJ Connectors

Step 1: Line up the peg on the cable with the slot on the connector.

.

Step 3: Push forward and twist to lock in place.

Push

Twist

Collar

Peg

Twist

Step 2: Twist the collar on the cable to line up with the peg on the connector.

Figure 26: Using ST-Style Connectors on Fiber-Optic Lines

MTRJ-style Connector for Multimode Fiber-Optic Lines

Step 1. Align plug on cable with port on device.

Step 2. Insert plug into port.

Step 3. Push forward slightly to lock into place.

MTRJ-Style Porton Device for

Multimode Fiber-Optic Lines

Figure 27: Using MTRJ-Style Connectors on Fiber-Optic


NU-RJ45SW1-0U 24 Port Ethernet Switch with RJ45 ConnectorsThe 24 ports on the NU-RJ45SW1-0U Copper Switch with RJ45 Connectors are 10/100 Mbps and automatically detect which communication speed is used, allowing any of the ports to be used for 100 Mbps uplink. It also automatically detects whether the communication is half-duplex or full-duplex.

Figure 28: NU-RJ45SW1-0U Copper Switch


Specifications

UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in Figure 29.

Table 7: 24 Port Ethernet Copper Switch SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsFast Ethernet 24 x 10/100BaseTX Fast Ethernet ports with Auto-Uplink: RJ-45 shielded

connectors

Configuration IEEE Auto Negotiation (sets 10/100 Mbps speed and half/full duplex)

Status Indicators System: PowerPer Port: 2 LEDs. Link (solid)/activity (blink). 100 Mbps (on)/10 Mbps (off)

Efficiency Non-blocking, Fast Ethernet switching

Switch Architecture Triple-chip design with on-board frame buffers

Error Detection Frames with errors (malformed PHY, runt < 64 bytes, CRC error, long > 1536) are discarded

Forwarding MAC Table 4K addresses

On-Chip Buffer 768 KB (total)


Weight 4.0 lbs (1.8 Kg)

Power 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 0.33A Max.

Operating Temperature 32 to 120º F (0º to 49º C)

Relative Humidity 10 to 93%, non-condensing

Standards Compliance IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet over 2 pairs of UTP Category 5 (100BaseTX) IEEE 802.3 Ethernet over 2 pairs of UTP Category 3 (10BaseT)

Emissions Compliance FCC Class A

Compliance UL, cUL, CE Safety

Figure 29: UL Label Placement for the Asante Ethernet Switch


5 Port Ethernet Copper Switch with RJ45 ConnectorsThe 5 ports on the FS105 Copper Switch with RJ45 Connectors are 10/100 Mbps and automatically detect which communication speed is used, allowing any of the ports to be used for 100 Mbps uplink. It also automatically detects whether the communication is half-duplex or full duplex.

Wiring

Copper Cables

See Copper Cable Connections on page 45 for details on ethernet copper connections.

Figure 30: 5 Port Copper Switch


Specifications

UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels are not required for this product.

Table 8: 5 Port Ethernet Copper Switch Electrical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsNetwork Ports Five auto speed-sensing UTP ports

Fast Ethernet 24 x 10/100BaseTX Fast Ethernet ports with Auto-Uplink: RJ-45 shielded connectors

Configuration IEEE Auto Negotiation (sets 10/100 Mbps speed and half/full duplex)

Status LEDs Link, speed, and activity indicators built into each RJ-45 port

Efficiency Non-blocking, Fast Ethernet switching

Switch Architecture Triple-chip design with on-board frame buffers

Error Detection Frames with errors (malformed PHY, runt < 64 bytes, CRC error, long > 1536) are discarded

Forwarding Modes Store-and-forward

Buffer Memory 64 KB

Bandwidth 1Gbps

Network Latency Less than 20 µs for 64-byte frames in store-and-forward mode for 100 Mbps to 100 Mbps transmission

Address Database Size 1,000

Addressing 48-bit MAC address


Weight 0.62 lbs (0.28 Kg)

AC Power 7.5W (7.5 VDC, 1A)

Operating Temperature 32 to 120º F (0 to 49º C)

Relative Humidity 10 to 93%RH, non-condensing

Standards Compliance IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T EthernetIEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX Fast EthernetIEEE 802.3x Full-duplex Flow Control

Electromagnetic Emissions Compliance

CE mark, commercialFCC part 15 Class AEN55 022 (CISPR22), Class AVCCI Class AC-Tick

Safety Agency Compliance

UL listed (UL 1950)/cULIEC950/EN60950


Media ConvertorsFollow these additional guidelines when installing the media converters:

• Keep copper cables in the same room as media converters. Use Category 5 copper cables with RJ45 connectors. Cables must be 6 meters (20 feet) or less in length.

• Use an AC to DC power adapter to provide power to the media converters. Secure the power adaptors in a locked enclosure with a UL Listed terminal strip.

NU-MC101-0U

Wiring

Ethernet Surge Protection

See Figure 19 on page 39 for information on the PNET1GB ethernet surge suppression.

Copper Cables

See Copper Cable Connections on page 45 for details on Copper connections.

Fiber-Optic Connections

See Fiber-Optic Cable Connections on page 46 for more information on fiber-optic connections.

Figure 31: 10 Mbps Media Converter Connectors


SpecificationsTable 9: NU-MC101-0U SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsExternal Power Supply 120 VAC, 60Hz

Input Supply Voltage 12VDC

Max Current .5A

Power Consumption 6W

Status Indicators Power (PWR) - Indicates power is applied to the converterLink (LNK) (2) - Indicates a valid receive link existsReceive (REC) (2) - Indicates converter is receiving valid dataNormal (NML) Indicates product is working in normal modeOn Line Indicates - BNC port is connected to an active 10Base2 segment (MC15 only)Collision (COL) - Indicates BNC port is sensing a collision signal (MC15 only)

Packet Transmission Characteristics Round Trip Delay - 0.4µ MaximumBit Error Rate (BER) <10 -12

Operating Temperature 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C)

Relative Humidity 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing

Operating Altitude 0 to 10,000 ft (0 to 3,048 m)

Dimensions(Width x Depth x Height)

4.12 x 3.75 x 1.0 in(10.5 x 9.5 x 2.5cm)

Weight 0.65 lb (0.29 Kg)

EMC Compliance FCC Class A

Safety Compliance UL-Cul, CSA/CSA, NRTL, TUV,CE compliant


UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in the picture below.

Figure 32: UL Label Placement for the NU-MC101-0U Ethernet Media Converter


NU-MC102-0U

Wiring

Ethernet Surge Protection

See Figure 19 on page 39 for information on the PNET1GB ethernet surge suppression.

Copper Cables

See for Copper Cable Connections on page 45 details on Copper connections.

Fiber-Optic Connections

See Fiber-Optic Cable Connections on page 46 for more information on fiber-optic connections.

Figure 33: 100 Mbps Media Converter Connectors


SpecificationsTable 10: NU-MC102-0U SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsStandards IEEE 802.3 1998 Edition 10BASE-T; 10BASE-FL

Unit Power LED Lit for normal operation

Port Link LEDs Lit LED indicates unit is receiving link pulses from a compliant device

Port Receive LEDs Flashing or lit LED indicates packets are being received

Power Supplied by chassis

Connectors 1 RJ-45 (10BASE-T: 100 meters); 1 duplex fiber optic

Dimensions(Width x Depth x Height)

1.0 x 4.7 x 3.0 in (25 x 119 x 76mm)

Shipping Weight 1 lb (0.45 kg)

Compliance UL Listed; C-UL Listed (Canada);CISPR/EN55022 Class A; FCC Class A; CE Mark

Environment 32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C); 10 to 93% humidity, noncondensing


UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in the picture below.

Note: Figure 34 shows the NU-MC102-0U media converter mounted inside the NU-CH101-0U chassis.

See the manufacturer’s information packaged with each device for more device-specific information.

Figure 34: UL Label Placement for the NU-MC102-0 Media Converter


Table 11: NU-MC102-0U Fiber Optic Connector SpecificationsConnector Type

Fiber Type

Wave length

Typical Distance

Min TX PWR

Max TX PWR

Sensitivity(dBm)

Max In PWR

Link Budget

ST Multimode 850nm LED

2 km -16.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -29.5 dBm -7.2 dBm 13.5 dB

Table 12: Electrical Specifications for Ethernet-to-Fiber Media ConvertorsProduct Code Number

Product Electrical Specifications

NU-MC101-0U 10 Mpbs Media Converter External power (AC/DC Adapter) 120 VAC, 60 HzPower Draw of Converter: 12 VDC, 0.5 A, 6 Watts

NU-MC102-0U(requires NU-CH101-0U)

100 Mbps Media Converter Power supplied from NU-CH101-0UPower Draw: 12 VDC, 3.4 Watts

NU-CH101-0U Single Slot Chassis for NU-MC102-0U and NU-MC103-0U

External Power (AC/DC Adapter) 120 VAC, 60 HzAdapter Output to Chassis: 12 VDC, 0.8A, 9.6 Watts


Smoke Control Network Automation Engines

Standard NAE Features and ConnectionsThe Smoke Control NAE55, NAE45, and NAE35 models have several common features and wiring connections.

Power Supply

MS-NAE5510-1U and MS-NAE5520-1U Power Supply

The MS-NAE5510-1U and MS-NAE5520-1U NAEs must be powered from either a PAN-PWRSP-U or a PAN-96VAXFR-U power supply transformer.

MS-NAE4510-2U, MS-NAE4520-2U, MS-NAE3510-2U, and MS-NAE3520-2U Power Supply

The MS-NAE4510-2U, MS-NAE4520-2U, MS-NAE3510-2U, and MS-NAE3520-2 NAEs must be powered from either a PAN-PWRSP-U or a PAN-96VAXFR-U power supply transformer.

Wiring

Power Wiring

Connect the 24 VAC supply power wires from the transformer to the removable 3-terminal plug as shown in Figure 35. The middle terminal is not used.

The 24 VAC power should be connected to all network devices so transformer phasing is uniform across the devices. Powering devices with uniform 24 VAC supply power phasing reduces noise, interference, and ground loop problems. The NAE does not require an earth ground connection.

Disconnecting Power from the NAE

When 24 VAC supply power to an NAE is disconnected or lost, the NAE is non-operational, but the POWER LED (Figure 55) remains On and the data protection battery continues to power the NAE for several (1 to 5) minutes while volatile data is backed up in nonvolatile memory. The RUN LED goes Off when data backup and shutdown are complete.

Figure 35: 24 VAC Supply Power

NAE35/NAE45/NAE55Power Terminal Block

NAE PowerTerminal Block

Plug

Wires from Johnson Controls24 VAC Class 2

Power Transformer

Brown Wire(COM)

Orange Wire(24 VAC) N

AE_

ALL

_PO

WE

R_P

OR

T24V~

CO

M

HO

T


FC Bus Wiring (MS-NAE5510-1U, MS-NAE4510-2U, and MS-NAE-3510-2U Models Only)

Connect the three FC Bus wires to the removable 4-terminal plug as shown in Figure 36 (labeled FC Bus).

If the NAE is connected to an FC Bus, you must set the End-of-Line (EOL) switch to the proper position. See the Setting the MS-NAE3510-2U’s End-of-Line Switch section in this document.

LON Wiring (MS-NAE5520-1U, MS-NAE4520-2U, and MS-NAE-3520-2U Models Only)

For LONWORKS compatible networks, connect the wires from the LON network trunk to the removable 3-terminal plug as shown in Figure 37. See SMK-MOVKIT-LON Requirements for LON Communication Bus Transient Protection on page 173 SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 transient protection wiring details.

Figure 36: FC Bus Wiring

FC BusTerminal

Block

FC BusTerminal Block

Plug

NAE

_FC

_BU

S

SH

LD

CO

M

- +

FC+FC-REF

Figure 37: LONWORKS Network Terminal Block and Wiring Connections

Wires from LON Network

Trunk

LON NetworkTerminal Block

LON NetworkTerminal Block

Plug

LON Network wires are not polarity sensitive.

NA

E_L

ON

PO

RT

BASHD

LON


Serial PortsUse the RS232C A and RS232C B serial ports for direct connections using a standard 9-pin female to 9-pin female Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) to DTE null modem cable.

Use the RS232C A serial port to direct connect to a computer serial port to browse to the NAE or to connect to a VT100 or a computer with a VT100 emulator and perform diagnostic procedures.

USB Port

The USB port is not to be used for any purpose.

Ethernet Port

The Ethernet connection (10 or 100 Mb/s) is an 8-pin RJ-45 network port. Use the Ethernet port to connect to Internet Protocol (IP) networks.

Note: Transient protection using a PNET1GB transient protector is required at each end of every ethernet connection. See APC PNET1GB Ethernet Transient Protector on page 38 for more information.


Smoke Control NAEs MS-NAE5510-1U and MS-NAE5520-1UUse the Smoke Control NAE, MS-NAE5510-1U (MS/TP) or MS-NAE5520-1U (LON), to interface all input and output smoke control points. The internal modem is not available for smoke control NAEs. Place the Smoke Control NAE in a locked enclosure..

Figure 38: Smoke Control NAE MS-NAE5510-1U



Device Layout


LON

24 VACPower Terminal

FC BusTerminals

RS-232-CSerial PortsUSB

Ports

RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Jack

DataProtection

BatteryCompartment

SystemRe-BootSwitch

Wall MountFeet

System StatusLight-Emitting Diodes

(LEDs)

End-of-Line(EOL) Switches

96.5 mm3.8 in.

226 mm(8.9 in.)

NAE

55_M

STP_

FRO

NT

Figure 41: Smoke Control MS-NAE5520-1U

LON

LON B

LON A

SHIELD


FC Bus(N2 Trunk,FC Bus)

TerminalsL WTerminalON ORKS RRS-232-C

Serial PortsUSBPorts

RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Jack

DataProtection

BatteryCompartment

SystemRe-BootSwitch

Wall MountFeet


(LEDs)

End-of-Line(EOL) Switches

96.5 mm3.8 in.

226 mm(8.9 in.)

NAE

55_L

ON

_FR

ON

T


Powering On the NAEAfter applying 24 VAC power, the NAE requires up to 5 minutes to start up and become operational. See the LED Test Sequence at Startup section.

Startup is complete and the NAE is operational when the (green) RUN LED is On steady and the (red) GEN FAULT LED is Off. See Figure 42 for LED locations.


The 24 VAC supply power is disconnected from the NAE by removing the terminal block plug from the power terminal port on the NAE (Figure 35).

When the 24 VAC supply power to the NAE is disconnected or lost, the NAE is nonoperational. The POWER LED (Figure 42) remains On, and the data protection battery continues to power the NAE for several (1 to 8) minutes so that the volatile data can be backed up in nonvolatile memory. The POWER LED goes Off when the data backup is completed.

Troubleshooting

LED Status Indicators

The NAE55 has 11 LEDs to indicate power and communication status. Figure 42 shows the LEDs and Table 13 describes their meaning.

LED Test Sequence at Startup

During startup, the NAE automatically initiates an LED test to verify the operational status of the LEDs. Immediately after connecting supply power, the following LED lighting sequence occurs:

1. The PEER COM, RUN, FC A, FC B, and GENL FAULT LEDs turn on, indicating that the Operating System (OS) is booting up.

2. The PEER COM, RUN, GENL FAULT LEDs, and the FC A and FC B LEDs shut off. The RUN LED flashes to indicate that the NAE software is loading.

IMPORTANT: The data protection battery must be installed and charged before disconnecting the 24 VAC supply power.

Figure 42: Front of NAE55 with LED Designations

POWERETHERNET10/LINK100/LINK

FC AFC BPEER COMRUN

24 VACBATT FAULTGENL FAULT

N2-B

N2-A

POW

ER+-REF

S N2

+-REF

S N2

+NC

-

PO

WER

ETH

ERN

ET

10/LINK

100/LIN

K

N2A

N2B

PE

ER

CO

MR

UN

24 VAC

BAT

T FAU

LTG

ENL FA

ULT

SE

RIA

L B

SE

RIA

L A

US

B A

US

B B

ETHERNET MODEM

SY

STEM

RE

-BOO

T

NAERET SY

NAE

_LE

D_S

TATU

S


3. The LEDs display the operational status of the NAE. When the RUN LED goes On Steady, the operating system and Metasys application are running and the NAE is ready.

The total time to start up the NAE depends on the size of the database and can take several minutes.

System Re-Boot Switch

The System Re-Boot switch (Figure 40 and Figure 41) forces a manual restart of the NAE processor. All data changes made to the system since the last time the NAE saved data are lost on restart, including alarm, trend, and audit trail data. Press the System Re-Boot switch only if the NAE fails to respond and cannot be accessed by any user device. Do not press the System Re-Boot switch unless you have tried other reasonable means to fix the problem.


Table 13: NAE LEDs Designation, Normal Status, Description, and Other ConditionsLED Normal Descriptions/Other ConditionsPOWER (Green) On Steady On Steady = Unit is getting power from either the battery or 24 VAC power.

Also see the 24 VAC LED. Off Steady = Unit is shut down.

ETHERNET (Green) Flicker Flicker = Data is transferring on the Ethernet connection. Ethernet traffic is general traffic (may not be for the NAE).Off Steady = No Ethernet traffic, probably indicates a dead Ethernet network or bad Ethernet connection.

10/LINK (Green) On Steady On Steady = Ethernet connection is established at 10 Mb/s.

100/LINK (Green) On Steady On Steady = Ethernet connection is established at 100 Mb/s.

FC A (NAE55 only) (Green)

Flicker On Steady = Controllers are defined to FC A (FC Bus 1 or N2 Trunk 1) in the NAE, but none are communicating. (NAE transmitting only)Flicker = Normal communications; FC A port is transmitting and receiving data. Flickers are generally in sync with data transmission but should not be used to indicate specific transmission times.Off Steady = No field controllers are defined to FC A (FC Bus 1 or N2 Trunk 1) in the NAE.

FC B (NAE55 only) (Green)

Flicker On Steady = Controllers are defined to FC B (FC Bus 2 or N2 Trunk 2) in the NAE, but none are communicating. (NAE transmitting only)Flicker = Normal communications; FC B port is transmitting and receiving data. Flickers are generally in sync with data transmission but should not be used to indicate specific transmission times.Off Steady = No field controllers are defined to FC B (FC Bus 2 or N2 Trunk 2) in the NAE.

PEER COMM (Green) Varies (see next column)

Flicker = Data traffic between NAE devices. For an NAE that is not a Site Director, this LED indicates regular heartbeat communications with the Site Director. For a Site Director NAE, flashes are more frequent and indicate heartbeat communications from all other NAE devices on the site. For a single NAE on a network without an Application and Data Server (ADS), there is no flicker.

Run (Green) On Steady On Steady = NAE software is running.On 1 second, Off 1 second = NAE software is in startup mode.On 0.5 seconds, Off 0.5 seconds = NAE software is shutting down.Off Steady = Operating system is shutting down or software is not running.

24 VAC (Green) On Steady On Steady = 24 VAC power is present.Off Steady = Loss of 24 VAC power. In the Off Steady condition, the NAE can be running on battery power. Also see the POWER LED.

BATT FAULT (Red) Off Steady On Steady = Battery fault. Replace the battery. Battery not connected or cannot be charged. The BATT FAULT LED may remain On for up to 24 hours after initially powering-on the NAE. If the BATT FAULT LED remains on longer than 48 hours after initially powering-on the NAE, check the battery connection or replace the battery.

GENL FAULT (Red) Off Steady On Steady = General Fault. Fault conditions are user configurable in software. Preconfigured fault conditions include excessive Central Processing Unit (CPU), flash or memory use, excessive CPU or Printed Wire Board (PWB) temperature, or Battery Fault. In normal operation, the GENL FAULT LED stays on steady for the first half of the startup sequence.


SpecificationsTable 14: Smoke Control NAE55x0-1U Technical Specifications Category SpecificationsPower Requirement Dedicated nominal 24 VAC

Power Consumption 50 VA maximum

Installation Environment Indoor, Dry

Ambient Operating Conditions

32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C)10 to 93% RH, non-condensing

Data Protection Battery Supports data protection on power failure. Rechargeable NiMH battery: 12V, 1.2 Ah, with a typical life of 3 to 5 years at 70° F (21° C); Product Code Number: MS-BAT1010-0

Clock Battery Maintains real-time clock through a power failure. On board cell; typical life 10 years at 70°F (21°C)

Processor 300 MHz Pentium® class Geode® GX1 MMX enhanced processor

Memory 256 MB Flash nonvolatile memory for operating system, configuration data, and operations data storage and backup.256 MB Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) for operations data dynamic memory for all models

Operating System Microsoft Windows XP embedded

Network and Serial Interfaces

Two optically isolated RS-485 BACnet MS/TP ports; (9,600, 19.2K, 38.4K, or 76.8K baud); pluggable and keyed 4-position terminal blocksTwo RS-232-C serial ports with standard 9-pin sub-D connectors that support all standard baud ratesTwo USB serial ports, standard USB connectorsOne LONWORKS port; FTT10 78 Kbps; pluggable, keyed 3-position terminal block (LONWORKS port available on NAE5520-1U models only).

Maximum Object Count 5,000 objects

Alarm Repository Size 1,000 alarms

Housing Plastic housingPlastic material: ABS + polycarbonate UL94-5VBProtection: IP20 (IEC 60529) Mounting On flat surface with screws on three mounting feet or single DIN rail

Mounting On flat surface with screws on three mounting screws or single DIN rail

Compliance United States

UL Listed, File S4977, CCN PAZX, UL 916, Energy Management EquipmentFCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class AUL Listed, File S4977, CCN UUKL, UL 864, Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems

Canada UL Listed, File E107041, CCN PAZX7, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 205, Signal EquipmentIndustry Canada Compliant, ICES-003

Europe CE Mark, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, in accordance with EN 61000-6-3 (2001) Generic Emission Standard for Residential and Light Industry and EN 61000-6-2 (2001) Generic Immunity Standard for Heavy Industrial Environment

Australia and New Zeland

C-Tick Mark, Australia/NZ Emissions Compliant

Dimensions(Height x Width x Depth)

226 x 332 x 96.5 mm. (8.9 x 13.1 x 3.8 in.)Minimum space for mounting 303 x 408 x 148 mm. (12.0 x 16.1 x 5.8 in.)

Shipping Weight 2.9 kg (6.4 lb.)


UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in Figure 43 and Figure 44.

Figure 43: UL Label Placement for the MS-NAE5510-1U (Front and Bottom View)


Figure 44: UL Label Placement for the MS-NAE5520-1U (Front and Bottom View)


Smoke Control NAEs MS-NAE4510-2U and MS-NAE4520-2UUse the Smoke Control NAEs, MS-NAE4510-2U (MS/TP) or MS-NAE4520-2U (LON), to interface all input and output smoke control points. The internal modem is not available on the smoke control NAE. Place the Smoke Control NAE in a locked enclosure.




Device LayoutSee Figure 47 (MS/TP) and Figure 48 (LON) for the location of the power supply terminal, network terminals, Universal Serial Bus (USB) port, and Ethernet port on the NAE.

Field Controller (FC) Bus Jack and Service Port (NAE4510 Models Only)

The NAE is designed to control one field controller MS/TP FC Bus trunk. The RJ-11, 6-Pin jack labeled FC BUS (Figure 47) is an FC bus service port.


RET SY


RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Port

USBPortRJ-11 6-Pin

ModemPort RS-232

Serial Port

MountingClip

End-of-LineSwitch

FC Bus(N2 Bus or

FC BusTerminal)

Data Protection BatteryCompartment

MountingClip

RJ-11 6-PinField Controller

Service Port

1315.2

622.5

27010.6


(LEDs) NA

E45

_FR

ON

T_D

IMS

MountingClip

35013.8

2108.3

1104.3


LONWORKS® Network Port (NAE4520-2U Model Only)

The LONWORKS network port on the NAE3520-2U is a 3-position removable, keyed terminal block labeled LON (Figure 48). Use the LONWORKS port to integrate LON device networks into a Metasys® network. The Shield connection (SHLD) on the LONWORKS port is an open terminal and is not connected in the NAE.

SpecificationsTable 15: Smoke Control NAE45x0-2U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower Requirement Dedicated nominal 24 VAC, Class 2 power supply



32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C)10 to 93% RH, non-condensing

Data Protection Battery Supports data protection on power failure. Rechargeable NiMH battery: 3.6 V, 500 mAh, with a typical life of 10 years at 70° F (21° C); Product Code Number: MS-BAT1020-0

Clock Battery Maintains real-time clock through a power failure. On board cell; typical life 10 years at 70° F (21° C)

Processor 192 MHz Renesas™ SH4 7760 RISC processor

Memory 128 MB Flash nonvolatile memory for operating system, configuration data, and operations data storage and backup128 MB Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) for operations data dynamic memory

Operating System Microsoft® Windows® CE embedded


RET SY


RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Port

USBPortRJ-11 6-Pin

ModemPort RS-232

Serial Port

MountingClip LON Bus

Terminal


MountingClip

1315.2

622.5

27010.6


(LEDs) LON

_SM

OKE

_NA

E35_

FRO

NT_

DIM

S

MountingClip

35013.8

2108.3

1104.3



One Ethernet port; 10/100 Mb; 8-pin RJ-45 connectorOne optically isolated RS-485 port; 9600 baud; with a pluggable and keyed 4-position terminal blockTwo RS-232-C serial ports, with standard 9-pin sub-D connectors, that support all standard baud ratesOne USB serial port with standard USB connector



Compliance United States

UL Listed, File S4977, CCN PAZX, UL 916, Energy Management EquipmentFCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A


Europe CE Mark, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, in accordance with EN 61000-6-3 (2001) Generic Emission Standard for Residentialand Light Industry and EN 61000-6-2 (2001) Generic Immunity Standard for Heavy Industrial Environment




152 x 270 x 62 mm (6.0 x 10.7 x 2.5 in.)Minimum space for mounting NAE45: 190 x 280 x 85 mm (7.5 x 11.5 x 3.5 in.)


Table 15: Smoke Control NAE45x0-2U Technical SpecificationsCategory Specifications



Figure 49: UL Label Placement for the MS-NAE4510-2U and MS-NAE4520-2U


Smoke Control NAEs MS-NAE3510-2U and MS-NAE3520-2UThe Network Automation Engine (NAE) is a Web-enabled, Ethernet-based, supervisory device that monitors and controls networks of field-level building automation devices, HVAC equipment, lighting, and smoke control. Figure 50 shows a smoke control NAE3510-2U (MS/TP) and Figure 51 shows a smoke control NAE3520-2U (LON) model.

Use the Smoke Control NAE MS-NAE35x0-2U to interface all input and output smoke control points. Place the Smoke Control NAE in a locked enclosure.




Device Layout

MS-NAE3510-2U

The MS-NAE3510-2U is designed to control one field controller MS/TP FC Bus trunk. The RJ-11, 6-Pin jack labeled FC BUS (Figure 52) is an FC bus service port. See Figure 52 for the location of the power supply terminal, network terminals, Universal Serial Bus (USB) port, and Ethernet port on the MS/TP NAE.


RET SY


RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Port

USBPortRJ-11 6-Pin

ModemPort RS-232

Serial Port

MountingClip

End-of-LineSwitch

FC BusTerminal


MountingClip

RJ-11 6-PinField Controller

Service Port

1315.2

622.5

27010.6


(LEDs) NA

E45

_FR

ON

T_D

IMS

MountingClip

35013.8

2108.3

1104.3


MS-NAE3520-2U

The MS-NAE3520-2U is designed with a LONWORKS network port. The LONWORKS network port is a 3-position removable, keyed terminal block labeled LON (Figure 53). Use the LON port to integrate LON device networks into a Metasys® network. The Shield connection (SHLD) on the LONWORKS port is an open terminal and is not connected in the NAE.

See Figure 53 for the location of the power supply terminal, network terminals, Universal Serial Bus (USB) port, and Ethernet port on the MS-NAE3520-2U.


RET SY


RJ-45 8-PinEthernet

Port

USBPortRJ-11 6-Pin

ModemPort RS-232

Serial Port

MountingClip LON Bus

Terminal


MountingClip

1315.2

622.5

27010.6


(LEDs) LON

_NAE

35_F

RO

NT_

DIM

S

MountingClip

35013.8

2108.3

1104.3


Wiring Considerations and Guidelines for Network Integrations Table 16: Guidelines for MS/TP (FC Bus) Network TopologyCategory Rules/Maximums AllowedGeneral One FC Bus per NAE35 and NAE45

Only daisy-chained devices

Number of FC Devices Supported NAE45 models support up to 1001 devices on the FC Bus trunk with no more than two repeaters between an NAE and any device and a maximum of 50 devices between repeaters.

1. If TEC Thermostat Controllers or third-party devices are used on the FC Bus, the maximum total number of devices is 32 and the maximum length is 1,219 m (4,000 ft).

NAE35 models support up to 501 devices on the FC Bus trunk with no more than two repeaters between an NAE and any device and a maximum of 50 devices between repeaters.

Cable Length and Type 1,500 m (5,000 ft) twisted pair cable without a repeater

4,500 m (15,000 ft) twisted pair cable from an NAE and the farthest FC device (three segments of 1,500 m [5,000 ft] each, separated by repeaters)

2,000 m (6,600 ft) between two fiber media convertors

Cable Wire Type and Size Solid or stranded 22 AWG recommended (24 AWG twisted pair or larger is acceptable)

Terminations Two FC Bus devices with EOL switches in the ON position, one at each end of each FC Bus segment

Table 17: NAE Ethernet Network Rules Category Rules/Maximums Allowed1

General Point-to-point star topology with network hubs/switches

Number of Devices Maximum of 100 supervisory devices may be connected to one site in the Metasys system extended architecture.

Line Length and Type 2000 m (6600 ft) for plastic/glass fiber optic with external adapter

100 m (330 ft) CAT5 cable

Terminations For 10/100BaseT, no line terminators allowed

Transient Protection A PNET1GB transient protector is required at each end of every ethernet connection

1. See Surge Protection Devices and Network Communications for more information.


Powering On the NAE

After applying 24 VAC power, the NAE requires up to 3 minutes to start up and become operational. See the LED Test Sequence at Startup section.

Startup is complete and the NAE is operational when the (green) RUN LED is On steady and the (red) FAULT LED is Off (Figure 55).


When 24 VAC supply power to an NAE is disconnected or lost, the NAE is non-operational, but the POWER LED (Figure 55) remains On and the data protection battery continues to power the NAE for several (1 to 5) minutes while volatile data is backed up in nonvolatile memory. The RUN LED goes Off when data backup and shutdown are complete.

Setting the MS-NAE3510-2U’s End-of-Line Switch

MS/TP network devices at either end of an FC Bus must be set as network terminated devices. The MS-NAE3510-2U has an End-of-Line (EOL) switch that allows you to set the NAE as a network terminated device. The MS-NAE3510-2U is shipped with the EOL switch in the factory default, ON (up) position (Figure 54).

The MS-NAE3510-2U follows the same rules as other MS/TP terminated devices. See NU-RPT101-0U RS-485-to-RS-485 Repeater on page 118 for details.

Troubleshooting

LED Status Indicators

The Smoke Control NAE35 and NAE45 models have 9 LEDs to indicate power and network communication status. Figure 55 shows the LEDs and Table 18 describes the LED indications.

IMPORTANT: The data protection battery must be installed and charged before disconnecting the 24 VAC supply power.

Figure 54: FC Bus EOL Switch in the Factory Default ON (Up) Position

NAE

45_E

OL

1

Figure 55: Smoke Control NAE 35/45 FC Bus (left) and LON Bus (right) LED Designations


LED Test Sequence at Startup

During startup, the NAE automatically initiates an LED test to verify the operational status of the LEDs. Immediately after connecting supply power, the following LED lighting sequence occurs:

1. The POWER, BAT FAULT, 10 LINK, FAULT, RUN, and PEER COM LEDs turn On, indicating that the Operating System (OS) is booting up. (After 2 seconds, the LEDs may change states depending on site-specific network activity.)

2. The BAT FAULT, PEER COM, and FAULT LEDs shut Off. The RUN LED flashes to indicate that the NAE software is loading.

3. The LEDs display the operational status of the NAE. When the RUN LED goes On Steady, startup is complete, and the NAE is operational.

Note: The total time to start up the NAE depends on the size of the database and can take several minutes.

Table 18: NAE LED Designations, Normal Status and DescriptionsLED Designation Normal

StatusDescriptions/Other Conditions

POWER (Green) On Steady On Steady = Unit is getting power from either the battery or 24 VAC power. Off Steady = Unit is shut down.

ETHERNET (Green) Flicker Flicker = Data is transferring on the Ethernet connection. Ethernet traffic is general traffic (may not be for the NAE).Off Steady = No Ethernet traffic, probably indicates a dead Ethernet network or bad Ethernet connection.

10/LINK (Green) On Steady On Steady = Ethernet connection is established at 10 Mbps.

100/LINK (Green) On Steady On Steady = Ethernet connection is established at 100 Mbps.

FC BUS (Green) NAE3510-2U and NAE4510-2U models only

Flicker Flicker = Normal communications; the FC Bus is transmitting and receiving data. Flickers are generally in sync with data transmission, but should not be used to indicate specific transmission times.Off Steady = No field controllers are defined to FC Bus in the NAE.

LON (Green)NAE3520-2U and NAE4520-2U models only

Flash Indicates regular LON heartbeat commnications.

PEER COM (Green) Varies (see next column)

Flicker = Data traffic between NAE devices. For an NAE that is not a Site Director, this LED indicates regular heartbeat communications with the Site Director. For a Site Director NAE, flashes are more frequent and indicate heartbeat communications from all other NAE devices on the site. For a single NAE on a network without an Application and Data Server (ADS), there is no flicker.

RUN (Green) On Steady On Steady = NAE software is running.On 1 second, Off 1 second = NAE software is in startup mode.On 0.5 seconds, Off 0.5 seconds = NAE software is shutting down.Off Steady = Operating system is shutting down or software is not running.

BAT FAULT (Red) Off Steady On Steady = Battery defective. Flicker = Data Protection Battery is not installed. Connect or install battery.

FAULT (Red) Off Steady On Steady = General Fault. Fault conditions are user configurable in software. Preconfigured fault conditions include excessive Central Processing Unit (CPU) flash or memory use, excessive Printed Wire Board (PWB) temperature.


SpecificationsTable 19: Smoke Control NAE35x0-2U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower Requirement Dedicated nominal 24 VAC


Ambient Operating Temperature

32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C)


10 to 93% RH, non-condensing

Data Protection Battery Supports data protection on power failure. Rechargeable NiMH battery: 3.6 V, 500 mAh, with a typical life of 10 years at 70° F (21° C); Product Code Number: MS-BAT1020-0

Clock Battery Maintains real-time clock through a power failure. On board cell; typical life 10 years at 70° F (21° C)

Processor 192 MHz Renesas™ SH4 7760 RISC processor

Memory 128 MB Flash nonvolatile memory for operating system, configuration data, and operations data storage and backup128 MB Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) for operations data dynamic memory

Operating System Microsoft® Windows® CE embedded


One Ethernet port; 10/100 Mb; 8-pin RJ-45 connectorOne optically isolated RS-485 port; 9600 baud; with a pluggable and keyed 4-position terminal blockOne RS-232-C serial ports, with standard 9-pin sub-D connectors, that support all standard baud rates(Only the models without an optional internal modem have a second serial port that supports an optional, user-supplied external modem)One USB serial port with standard USB connectorOptions: One Telephone port for internal modem; up to 56 Kbps; 6-pin RJ-11 connector (Models with an optional internal modem have one RS-232-C serial port only.)

Dimensions (Height x Width x Depth)

152 x 270 x 62 mm (6.0 x 10.7 x 2.5 in.)Minimum space for mounting NAE45: 190 x 280 x 85 mm (7.5 x 11.5 x 3.5 in.)



Compliance United States UL Listed, File E107041, CCN PAZX, UL 916, Energy Management EquipmentFCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A


Europe CE Mark, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, in accordance with EN 61000-6-3 (2001) Generic Emission Standard for Residentialand Light Industry and EN 61000-6-2 (2001) Generic Immunity Standard for Heavy Industrial Environment






Figure 56: UL Label Placement for the MS-NAE3510-2U and MS-3520-2U


MS/TP Field Bus

IntroductionThe BACnet® protocol MS/TP Communications Bus is a local network that connects supervisory controllers and field controllers to field point interfaces.

This section describes the specifications, device limits, and rules of the MS/TP Communications Bus. It describes how to wire and terminate devices and troubleshoot the communications of devices on the MS/TP Bus.

This section helps you understand the rules, specifications, and MS/TP configuration and installation.

MS/TP Bus OverviewThe BACnet® protocol MS/TP Communications Bus is high-baud RS-485 protocol network bus that connects Metasys NAEs to Metasys BACnet MS/TP field controllers and control point interfaces (IOMs). The MS/TP Communications Bus (Figure 57) supports two bus types/levels of buses:

• a Field Controller Bus (FC) - connects NAEs to MS/TP field controllers and IOMs

• a Sensor-Actuator Bus (SA) - connects the MS/TP controllers to IOMs, thermostats, sensors and other slave level network devices

The FC Bus and the SA Bus are networks of daisy-chained devices. Each bus has only one bus supervisor. The bus supervisor communicates with devices on the supervised bus and with the next (higher level) bus on the network. The bus supervisor typically starts the communication on the FC bus and SA Bus. If an SA Bus or FC Bus does not have a bus supervisor, the device with the lowest device address value on the bus starts the communication.

Figure 57: Example MS/TP Network

VMA

FC BusSupervisor

SA BusSupervisor

SA BusSupervisor

FIG

_MS-

TPRET SY

NAE

NetworkSensor

FEC

RET

SY

ON S

AB

US

FAU

LT

PO

WE

R

ON

NetworkSensor

RE

TSY

ON

SA

BUS

FAU

LT

PO

WER

ON

IOM

Ethernet Network

P OW ER

FA U LT

S A BU S

FC BU S

MS-VMA1 620 -0P WR I N: 2 4VA C 2 .5 A, CL AS S 2O UT PU T S: 24VA C 0 .5 A, CL AS S 2, P IL O T DU TY

MA NU A LO VE R RI D E

OP EN E NERG YMA NAG EMEN TEQ UIPMENT

CLE AR =LO W RE D=H IG H 35 IN -LB (4 Nm) 60 SE CO ND SAL L F IE LD TER MIN ALS A RE PO WER LI MIT ED

O UT 1

O CO M 1

O UT 2

O CO M 2

O UT 3

O CO M 3

BINA

RY

O UT 4

O CO M 4

O UT 5

O CO M 5

HO T

CO M

CON

FIGUR

AB

LE24

ADD

RES

S 0=OFF

UNIVE

RSA

L

+15

I N

I CO M

SENS

OR

SA BU

SF

C B

US

SAPWR

CO M

–

+

SHLD

CO M

–

+

FCEO L

15U0

NetworkSensor

FC Bus

SA Bus

SA Bus


FC Bus OverviewThe FC Bus connects Field Equipment Controllers (FECs), Variable Air Volume Modular Assemblies (VMAs), Input/Output Modules (IOMs), and TEC26xx Series network thermostats to a Metasys system Network Automation Engine (NAE).

On an FC Bus, the NAE is the bus supervisor and has a fixed device address of 0 on the bus. See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86.

An FC Bus can be divided into (up to three) bus segments using network repeaters (Figure 58). See FC Bus Rules and Specifications on page 107.

SA Bus OverviewThe SA Bus connects FECs and VMAs to point devices such as IOMs, network thermostats, and network sensors to controllers on the FC Bus.

On an SA bus, an FEC or VMA is the bus supervisor and always has a fixed device address of 0. See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86.

The SA Bus does not support bus segments (Figure 59). See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 for more information.

Figure 58: FC Bus with Three Bus Segments

RE T S Y

EOL SwitchON

NAE

TR R

Bus Segment1520 m (5,000 ft) Maximum

50 Metasys Device Connections

= EOL Termination switch ONT

R = Repeater

FIG

_FC

_SEG

S

T T TT

T

Note: When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party BACnet MS/TP devices are connected to the FC Bus, a bus segment supportsonly up to 32 devices and an FC Bus supports only up to 64 devices.



(maximum)

FC Bus4570 m (15,000 ft) Maximum

100 Total Metasys Devices



Figure 59: SA Bus

SA_S

egm

entEOL ON

(Fixed)

FEC/VMA1600

1200 ft (maximum)10 Nodes (maximum)

RET S Y

ON

S A BU S

FA U LT

P OWE R

ON

T = EOL fixed ON

T


Baud Rates on the MS/TP BusAn MS/TP bus can be configured to communicate at one of four different baud rates. All devices on the MS/TP bus must communicate at the same baud rate.

The baud rate setting determines the rate at which devices communicate data over the bus. The baud rate settings available on Metasys MS/TP devices are 9600, 19,200, 38,400, 76,800, and Auto.

We recommend setting all MS/TP bus supervisors to 38,400.

In the Auto setting, the Metasys devices listen for the bus supervisor to communicate first, the devices then automatically set their baud rate to the bus supervisor’s baud rate. We recommend setting all field controllers on the FC Bus (FECs, VMAs, and IOMs) to Auto.

TEC26xx Series thermostats automatically set their baud rate to the bus supervisor’s baud rate. The baud rate setting on bus repeaters and third-party MS/TP devices typically is configured manually at the device and the baud rate setting must match the setting of the bus supervisor. Refer to the manufacturer’s product documentation for information on setting the device’s baud rate.

Note: Some third-party devices do not support all four baud rates. The NAE55xx-0 models do not support 76,800 baud.

The two device attributes related to the baud rate are Baud Rate Selection and Active Baud Rate. The Baud Rate Selection attribute allows you to use the SCT (for NAEs) or the CCT (for FECs, VMAs, and IOMs) to set the baud rate for the device. The Active Baud Rate attribute allows you to view the baud rate at which the device is communicating on the active bus when Auto baud is selected. For more information on Metasys system attributes, refer to the Metasys system Help.

Higher baud rates require a limited range of wire gauge. There is a direct relationship among the baud rate, wire gauge, and wire length that determines the number of devices allowed on the bus. Higher baud rates support more devices, but require small gauge wire (which provides lower capacitance). A lower baud rate may be required in order to use existing, larger gauge wire (which has higher capacitance), but may support fewer devices. We recommend 38,400 baud using 22 AWG stranded wire. This provides the best balance between performance and installation sensitivity.

For more details on baud rate, wire gauge, wire length, and the number of devices see MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111.


Device Addresses on the MS/TP BusEach device connection on an MS/TP Bus requires a device address to coordinate communication on the bus. Each bus has a set of device addresses which is separate and independent from the device addresses on all other buses. Devices connected to both an FC Bus and SA Bus have two different device addresses, one for each device connection.

In the MS/TP bus hierarchy, device connections on separate buses can have the same device address. Every bus supervisor connection on an MS/TP bus, for example, has a device address of 0 (zero), and the device address for the first network sensor on many SA Buses is 199. Figure 60 shows an example of an MS/TP bus and the device addresses for connections on the FC Bus and the SA Buses.

The NAE is the bus supervisor on an FC Bus. The FEC or VMA is the bus supervisor on an SA Bus. Bus supervisors have a fixed device address of 0 (zero) that cannot be changed (Figure 60). Depending on the model, a network sensor has either a fixed address of 199 or can be assigned a switch-selectable address between 200 and 203. Table 20 on page 87 provides a list of the MS/TP device address values and address value ranges for devices connected to an MS/TP bus.

Token-passing messages are sent from address to address in consecutive order, therefore any gaps in the device address range reduce bus performance while the message negotiates the gap to find the next device address on the bus. Start with the lowest device address value and use consecutive address values for optimal bus performance. Table 20 lists the address ranges.

Note: The devices on the bus do not need to be physically wired in sequential order as long as there are no gaps in the address value range.

Figure 60: Example MS/TP Bus Showing FC Bus and SA Bus Addresses

VMA(on FC Bus)

FC BusSupervisor

199

SA BusSupervisor

SA Bus and

Addresses

FC Bus and Addresses

8

765

4SA Bus

Supervisor

FIG

_NET

_AD

DR

SS

RE T S Y

NAE

NetworkSensor

FEC(on FC Bus)

RE

TSY

ON

SA

BUS

FAU

LT

PO

WE

R

ON

NetworkSensor

RET

SY

ON

SABU

S

FAUL

T

POW

ER

ON

IOM

Ethernet Network

P OW ER

FA U LT

S A BU S

FC BU S

MS-VMA1 620 -0P WR I N: 2 4VA C 2 .5 A, CL AS S 2O UT PU T S: 24VA C 0 .5 A, CL AS S 2, P IL O T DU T Y



CLE AR =LO W RE D=H IG H 35 IN - LB (4 Nm) 60 SE CO ND SAL L F IE LD TER MIN ALS A RE PO WER L IMIT ED

O UT 1

O CO M 1

O UT 2

O CO M 2

O UT 3

O CO M 3

BIN

ARY

O UT 4

O CO M 4

O UT 5

O CO M 5

HO T

CO M

CON

FIGUR

ABL

E24

ADD

RESS

0=OFF

UN

IVER

SAL

+15

I N

I CO M

SEN

SOR

SA B

US

FC B

US

SAPWR

CO M

–

+

SHLD

CO M

–

+

FCEO L

15U0

0

0

4

0

NetworkSensor

SA Bus and

Addresses

199

200

NetworkSensor

200

FC BusDevice

FC BusDevice

FC BusDevice

NetworkSensor

201


Setting a Device Address

For most (non-supervisory) devices on an FC Bus or SA Bus, the device address is set using the DIP switches on the device’s ADDRESS DIP switch block. The DIP switches are binary switch blocks and each switch represents a binary numerical value when the switch is in the ON position.

The device address set on the ADDRESS DIP switch block applies to only the bus where the device is not the bus supervisor. For example, the DIP switches on an FEC set the FC Bus address. If the FEC also supervises an SA Bus, the FEC’s SA Bus address is 0 by default (Figure 60). The switches on the IOM set the address of the FC Bus or SA Bus depending on the bus on which the IOM is located.

As you set the device address, the best-practice is to set the highest switch value first, then the next highest switch value, and so on, until the total of the switch values equal the intended device address. For example, to set a device address for a device on an SA Bus to 227, position switch 128 to ON first, then 64, 32, 2, and 1. Positioning switches 16, 4, and 1 to ON (as shown in Figure 61) sets the device address to 21 for a device on the FC Bus.

Table 20: Valid MS/TP Bus Address and Value RangesAddress Value/Address Range

Class Examples

0 Bus Supervisor NAE on the FC BusFEC and VMA on the SA Bus

1 Reserved Wireless Commissioning Converter

2 - 3 Reserved Reserved for future use.

4 - 127 Master Range FEC, VMA, IOM, TEC26xx on the FC BusIOM on the SA Bus

128 - 254 Slave Range Slave devices and network sensors on the SA Bus

198 Reserved VAV Balancing Sensor (handheld)

199 Reserved Most NS Series Network Sensor models or VAV Balancing Sensor (wall-mounted)

200 - 203 Reserved NS Series Network Sensors (specified models)

255 Broadcast Do not apply address 255 to any device.

128 64 32 16 8 4

2 1

O

N

Figure 61: Setting the Device Address on the ADDRESS DIP Switch Block


Note: Devices may go offline momentarily when a device address is changed on an active bus, but the bus devices and bus supervisor do not need to be reset after changing a device address.

Some devices, such as the TEC26xx Series thermostats and third-party MS/TP devices, use their own configuration settings to establish the device address on the bus. Refer to the device manufacturer’s product documentation for instructions on setting the device address. The device address values for TEC26xx thermostats and all third-party devices must comply with the rules and ranges described above.

SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection KitThe MS/TP FC bus and SA bus communication lines must have an SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP MOV kit installed when the conduit run between enclosures does not remain in the same room.

Installation Requirements

Care must be taken when installing transient protectors (MOV kits) in close proximiy to other protectors. Use the information below to install the MOV kit.

• Before installing the MOV kit to the MS/TP terminal block, twist it together with the field lead and insert it in the terminal block as one wire.

• Twist the wire tightly around the transient protection device a minimum of two turns before inserting it into the terminal block.

• When more that two wires are to be placed under a single terminal screw, the wires must be soldered together with a single 6 inch length of 18 AWG wire having a minimum insulation thickness of 1/64 inch. The exposed solder connection must be covered with a UL recgonized component heat shrink. The single wire end that will be inserted into the terminal must be stripped and then tinned or crimped with a suitable lug that fits securely under the terminal screw. The single wire end that will be attached to earth ground must be stripped and crimped with a suitable lug that will fit securely under the grounding screw.


Figure 62 shows wire runs to MS/TP equipment in cabinets in various rooms and the correct use of the SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP to protect the MS/TP devices from transients.

Figure 62: SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Communication Wiring


SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for MS/TP FC Bus Communication TerminationsFigure 63 shows a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP and its wiring when the wiring terminates at the MS/TP FC Bus communication terminal block.

Figure 63: SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP MS/TP FC Bus Communication Wiring Terminations


Figure 64 shows the SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP wiring for an FC Bus when the FC Bus communication wiring does not terminate at the MS/TP FC Bus terminal block.

Figure 64: SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP FC Bus Wiring Terminations - Multiple MSTP Wires


SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for SA Bus Communication TerminationsFigure 65 shows a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP and its wiring when the SA Bus communication wiring terminates at the MS/TP SA Bus terminal block.

Figure 65: SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP MS/TP SA Bus Communication Wiring Terminations


Figure 66 shows the SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP wiring for an SA Bus when the SA Bus communication wiring does not terminate at the MS/TP SA Bus terminal block.

Figure 66: SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP SA Bus Wiring Terminations - Multiple MSTP Wires


MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O TerminalsAll MS/TP controller input terminals and output terminals must have an MOV from a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 placed between earth ground and each Power terminal, I/O Common terminal, and I/O terminal.

The MS/TP field device’s I/O lines must have a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 MOV kit installed when the conduit run between the enclosures and an MS/TP I/O field device does not remain in the same room.

Note: The SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 kit contains 10 MOVs.

Installation RequirementsCare must be taken when installing transient protectors (MOV kits) in close proximiy to other protectors. Use the information below to install the MOV kit.

• Before installing the MOV kit to the MS/TP I/O terminal block, twist it together with the field lead and insert it in the terminal block as one wire.


When more that two wires are to be placed under a single terminal screw, the wires must be soldered together with a single 6 inch length of 18 AWG wire having a minimum insulation thickness of 1/64 inch. The exposed solder connection must be covered with a UL recgonized component heat shrink. The single wire end that will be inserted into the terminal must be stripped and then tinned or crimped with a suitable lug that fits securely under the terminal screw. The single wire end that will be attached to earth ground must be stripped and crimped with a suitable lug that will fit securely under the grounding screw.

Note: The SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.


Figure 67 shows the MSTP controller I/O terminal block SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections using 3 MOVs from the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 kit..

End-of-Line Termination on the MS/TP BusDaisy-chained RS485-protocol networks typically require some type of End-of-Line (EOL) termination to reduce interference caused by signal reflection that occurs when data transmissions reach the end of a bus segment and bounce back on the segment. The high baud rates on MS/TP bus applications require robust EOL termination and strict adherence to the EOL termination rules. Figure 68 shows an example of the EOL termination settings on an MS/TP bus application.

The EOL termination requirements for FC Buses are different from the SA Bus requirements. See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 and EOL Termination on the SA Bus on page 100 for more information on terminating the MS/TP bus.

Figure 67: SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 MSTP I/O Wiring Terminations


End-of-Line Termination Switch LocationsEOL termination on the FC Bus is enabled with a switch on the MS/TP device (Figure 69) and (Figure 70). EOL termination on the SA Bus is fixed On on the MS/TP device.

Figure 68: EOL Termination on an MS/TP Bus

Net

wor

k_ex

ampl

e

VMA1620FC Bus EOL OFF SA Bus EOL ON

(Fixed)

RE T S Y

EOL SwitchON (Up)

NAE45

TFC Bus

= EOL switch set to ONT

T

NetworkSensor

FEC1610FC Bus EOL ONSA Bus EOL ON

(Fixed)

RET S

Y

ON

SAB

US

FAULT

POW

ER

ON

NetworkSensor

SA Bus

SA Bus

RET

SY

ON SA

BU

S

FAU

LT

PO

WE

R

ON

IOM3710SA Bus EOL ON - Recommended

(EOL OFF - Acceptable)

Ethernet Network

T = EOL fixed ON

T

T

T

P OW ER

FA U LT

S A BU S

FC BU S

MS-VMA1 620 -0P WR I N: 2 4VA C 2 .5 A, CL AS S 2O UT PU T S: 24VA C 0 .5 A, CL AS S 2, P IL O T DU TY



CLE AR =LO W RE D=H IG H 35 IN - LB (4 Nm) 60 SE CO ND SAL L F IE LD TER MIN ALS A RE PO WER LI MIT ED

O UT 1

O CO M 1

O UT 2

O CO M 2

O UT 3

O CO M 3

BIN

ARY

O UT 4

O CO M 4

O UT 5

O CO M 5

HO T

CO M

CON

FIGUR

ABL

E24

ADD

RESS

0=OFF

UN

IVE

RSAL

+15

I N

I CO M

SEN

SOR

SA B

US

FC B

US

SAPWR

CO M

–

+

SHLD

CO M

–

+

FCEO L

15U0

FC BusDevice

FC BusDevice

FC BusDevice

EOL OFF

Figure 69: MS/TP Controllers Set as EOL Termination Devices

RET SYFAULT

MS-VMA1620-0PWR IN: 24VAC 2.5A, CLASS 2OUTPU TS: 24VAC 0.5A, CLASS 2, PILOT DUTY

CLEAR=LOW RED=HIGH 35 IN-LB (4Nm) 60 SECONDSALL FIELD TERMINALS ARE POWER LIMITED

OUT 1

OCOM 1

OUT 2

OCOM 2

OUT 3

OCOM 3

BINARY

OUT 4

OCOM 4

OUT 5

OCOM 5

CONFIG

URABLE

24

ADDRESS 0=O

FF

UNIVERSA

L

+15

IN

ICOM

SENSOR

SA BUS

FC BUS

SAPW R

COM

–

+

SHLD

COM

–

+

FCEO L

RET SYFAULT

RET SYFAULT


FC and SA Bus Device EOL Switch Details

MS/TP NAEs connect only to FC Buses. FECs and VMAs can connect to an FC Bus and an SA Bus simultaneously. The EOL switches on NAEs, FECs, and VMAs enable EOL termination on the FC Bus only.

Smoke Control NAE5510-1U models have two FC Bus ports and EOL switches, and each EOL switch is double-pole.

Smoke Control NAE3510-2U and 4510-2U models have one FC Bus port and one double-pole EOL switch.

Note: The FECs or VMAs do not have EOL switches for the SA Bus and these controllers are always (fixed ON) SA Bus EOL termination devices.

IOMs connect to either an FC Bus or SA Bus. IOMs can not simultaneously connect to the FC Bus and SA Bus. The EOL switch on IOMs enables an IOM as an EOL termination device on either an FC Bus or an SA Bus.

IMPORTANT: The TEC Series Thermostat Controllers cannot be used as End-of-Line (EOL) devices. You can use the MS-BACEOL-0 RS-485 EOL Terminator to provide EOL termination on Metasys® RS-485 protocol FC segments when the terminating field device does not have integral EOL termination capability.

Figure 70: MS/TP NAE5510-1U Controller Set as EOL Termination DevicesLON

LON

BLO

NA

SHIELD

End-of-Line(EOL) Switchesin On Position

NAE

55_L

ON

_EO

L

1ON


EOL Termination on the FC BusA MS/TP FC Bus may consist of up to three bus segments. Each bus segment on an FC Bus requires two EOL termination devices, one at each end of the bus segment. All other devices on the FC Bus should have their EOL termination disabled (EOL switches OFF). See Figure 71.

Figure 71: Example of Proper EOL Termination on an FC Bus

RE T S Y

EOL SwitchON

NAE(FC Bus

Supervisor)

TR R



= EOL Termination switch ONT

R = Repeater

FIG

_FC

_SEG

S

T T TT

T

Note: When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party BACnet MS/TP devices are connected to the FC Bus, a bus segment supportsonly up to 32 devices and an FC Bus supports only up to 64 devices.



(maximum)

FC Bus4570 m (15,000 ft) Maximum

100 Total Metasys Devices




FC Bus EOL Termination Scenarios

The FC Bus requires EOL terminations on the devices at the end of each bus segment on the FC Bus. Figure 72 shows examples of FC Bus EOL termination in four different FC Bus scenarios.

Note: Set the EOL termination switch on a repeater to ON only when the repeater terminates a bus segment at the repeater. See Scenario 4 in Figure 72.

Figure 72: FC Bus Termination Scenarios

RET SY

NAE

EOL SwitchON (Up)

RET SY

NAE

EOL SwitchOFF (Down)

TT

TT

5,000 ft (maximum)

FC_E

OL= EOL switch set to ONT

R = Repeater

RET SY

EOL SwitchON (Up)

NAE

T

T

T

R

T

FC Bus Segment 15,000 ft (max )imum


= FC Bus Device

RET SY

EOL SwitchON (Up)

NAE

TT T

R

T



Scenario 1FC Bus with an NAE at the endof the line

Scenario 2

not FC Bus with anNAE at the end of the line

SCenario 3FC Bus in twosegments with the repeater at the end of both segments

Scenario 4

not

FC Bus in two segments with the repeater at the end of both segments

5,000 ft (max )imum


EOL Termination on the SA BusAn SA Bus is a single-segment bus only. NAEs, FECs, or VMAs are always (fixed ON) EOL termination devices on an SA Bus. An IOMs EOL termination is enabled by positioning the IOM EOL switch to ON.

Since an SA Bus is always connected to a supervisory/master controller (FEC and VMA) or an IOM, an SA Bus always meets the acceptable EOL termination requirements. For enhanced bus performance, it is preferable to have EOL termination enabled on the devices at each end of the SA Bus. Figure 73 shows SA Bus EOL termination scenarios.

Note: The MS-BACEOL-0 RS-485 End-of-Line Terminator module is not designed for use on the SA bus.

Figure 73: SA Bus Termination Scenarios

FEC/VMA1600

EOL ON(Fixed)

SA Bus Devices

FEC/VMA1600

EOL ON(Fixed)

RET S Y

ON

S A BU S

FA U LT

P OWE R

ON

RET S Y

ON

S A BU S

FA U LT

P OWE R

ON

SA_E

OL

EOL ON(Fixed)

FEC/VMA1600

RET S Y

ON

S A BU S

FA U LT

P OWE R

ON

IOMEOL = ON

Best

Acceptable

Acceptable

T

= EOL switch set to ONT

T = EOL fixed ON

T

T

T


SA Buses with Multiple Network SensorsThe SA Bus supports up to four network sensors. Figure 74 shows an example of two SA Buses, each with four network sensors. To place multiple network sensors on the bus, three of the four network sensors must be switch addressable model NS-ATN7003-0 or NS-BTN7003-0.

Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability

MS-BACEOL-0 EOL Terminator Module

The non-smoke control listed MS-BACOL-0 RS-485 EOL terminator provides EOL termination on FC Bus segments when the terminating device does not have integral EOL termination capability.

The EOL terminator module is a compact, lightweight, module wrapped in a protective cover that can be quickly installed in the field in a variety of ways. The EOL connects directly to the terminating device on a bus segment with the attached wire leads. The EOL requires 24 VAC, Class 2 power supplied by the field device or other 24 VAC source.

An EOL is required in all Metasys MS/TP applications wherever a terminating a third-party device that does not have integral EOL termination (for example, TEC26xx Series thermostats) on an isolated non-smoke FC Bus segment.

The EOL is designed for Metasys RS-485 buses.

IMPORTANT: When you use a third-party device, place a repeater before it. Third-party devices require an EOL terminator module at the beginning of the bus. You also must set the EOL switch on the A and B side of the repeater to EOL. Ensure the last third-party device on the bus has a terminator module. In addition, a SMOKE-TRNKIT-1 tranzorb must be installed on the repeater’s TB1 and TB2 terminals.

Figure 74: SA Bus Example Showing Multiple Networks Sensors

NAE55

VMA1620

FEC1610

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

200

SA Bus with 4 Daisy-Chained Network SensorsUsing Terminal Blocks

FIG

: ns_

exam

ple

FC BusSA Bus with 3 Daisy-Chained Network Sensors

Using Terminal Blocks Plus1 Network Sensor with a Modular Jack

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

201

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

202

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

200

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

201

NS-x

TN70

03-0

Addr

esse

d to

202

NS-x

xx70

0-0

Addr

ess

= 19

92

NS-x

xx70

0-0

Addr

ess

= 19

91

Ethernet Network


Note: Disable the integral EOL termination on the 3rd party device if the EOL terminator is connected to a third-party device that has integral EOL termination.

Figure 75: MS-BACEOL-0 FC Bus EOL Terminator

Figure 77: EOL Terminator Connected to a TEC2600 Series Thermostat


Wiring the MS-BACEOL-0 EOL Terminator Module

Observe the following guidelines when wiring the EOL terminator:

• The EOL terminator is designed for MS/TP trunks on Metasys RS-485 Buses. Connect the EOL terminator to only MS/TP trunks on Metasys RS-485 FC Buses.

• Connect the EOL terminator to MS/TP devices that terminate Metasys bus segments and do not have integral EOL termination capability.

• When a third-party device terminates a Metasys FC Bus segment, it is recommended that any EOL termination on the third-party be disabled and an EOL terminator be installed to provide EOL termination on the bus segment.

• When the third-party (terminating) device has only the + and - terminals (no REF or COM), isolate and insulate the blue REF lead on the EOL (Figure 79).

Connect the EOL FC Bus leads to the appropriate FC Bus terminals on the bus terminating device (Figure 79).

Connect the EOL 24 VAC power supply leads to a dedicated or surged protected 24 VAC, Class 2 power supply (Figure 79).

!CAUTION: Risk of Electric ShockDisconnect power supply before making electrical connections to avoid electric shock.

IMPORTANT: Do not connect 24 VAC supply power to the EOL Terminator before wiring is complete.

IMPORTANT: Use copper conductors only. Ensure all wiring is in accordance with local, national, and regional regulations.

IMPORTANT: The EOL Terminator is a low-voltage (<30 VAC) device. Do not exceed the EOL Terminator electrical ratings.

IMPORTANT: Prevent any static electric discharge to the EOL Terminator. Static electric discharge can damage the EOL Terminator and void any warranties.


Mounting the MS-BACEOL-0U EOL Terminator Module in Plenum Applications

Troubleshooting the MS-BACEOL-0 EOL Terminator Module

An improperly wired or malfunctioning EOL terminator may result in loss of network communication or poor performance on the RS-485 bus.

To troubleshoot the EOL terminator:

1. Check the supply voltage to the EOL to ensure that the voltage is between 18 and 30 VAC:

• If the supply voltage is between 18 and 30 VAC, proceed to Step 2.

• If the voltage is <18 or >30 VAC, troubleshoot the supply power source and bring the supply voltage into the required range, then proceed to Step 2.

2. With the EOL connected to 24 VAC power and the FC Bus leads disconnected, check the voltage drop between the REF and FC+ leads and between the REF and FC- leads:

• REF to FC+ should be 2.7 to 3.2 VDC

• REF to FC- should be 2.3 to 2.7 VDC

IMPORTANT: Before installing the MS-BACEOL-0 RS-485 EOL Terminator in plenum applications, verify acceptance of exposed plastic materials in plenum areas with the local building authority. Building codes for plenum requirements vary by location. Some local building authorities accept compliance to UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. Check with the local building authority for local building codes.

Figure 79: Wiring the MS-BACEOL-0 EOL Terminator to a Bus-Terminating Device


If the EOL voltages are within these ranges, the EOL is operating properly and is not a source of communication or performance problems on the bus.

If the EOL voltages are out of either of these ranges, replace the EOL terminator.

3. Reconnect a properly operating EOL terminator to the 24 VAC, Class 2 (network) power source.

If network communication or performance problems persist, continue troubleshooting the RS-485 bus.

SpecificationsTable 21: MS-BACEOL-0 SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsProduct Code MS-BACEOL-0 RS-485 End-of-Line Terminator

Power Requirements 24 VAC, 1.2 VA Maximum

Wiring Terminations and Network Interfaces

Power: Two 200 mm (8 in.) 22 AWG wire leads for 24 VAC supply power connectionsNetwork: Three 200 mm (8 in.) 22 AWG wire leads for RS-485 Bus connections

Ambient Operating Temperature

32 to 120° F (0 to 49° C)

Ambient Operating Humidity

10 to 93% RH, non-condensing

Dimensions 70 x 38 x 10 mm (2-3/4 x 1-1/2 x 3/8 in.) with five 20 cm (8 in.) 20 AWG wire leads

Shipping Weight 40.0 g (1.4 oz)

Compliance United States: UL Listed, File S4977, CCN PAZX, UL 916, Energy Management EquipmentFCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class AUL Listed, File S4977, CCN UUKL, UL 864, Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems

Canada: UL Listed, File E107041, CCN PAZX7, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 205, SignalEquipment. Industry Canada Compliant, ICES-003

Europe: CE Mark, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, in accordance with EN 50081-1, Class B, Generic emission standard for residential, commercial and light industry, and EN 50082-2/EN 61000-6-2, Generic immunity standard for heavy industrial environment

Australia and New Zealand: C-Tick Mark, Australia/New Zealand Emissions Compliant


FC Bus Rules when using TEC26xx Series Thermostats and Third-Party MS/TP DevicesIf TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party BACnet MS/TP devices are connected on an FC Bus, then they must be isolated from the MS/TP bus using a NU-RPT101-1U repeater.

When a TEC26xx Series thermostat terminates an isolated FC Bus bus-segment, an EOL Terminator module (MS-BACEOL-0) must be wired to the FC Bus terminals on the TEC26xx thermostat. See Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability on page 101 for more information.

If one or more TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party BACnet MS/TP devices are connected on an isolated FC Bus, the supported maximum device counts, bus segments, and bus length are:

• 64 devices total per FC Bus (maximum)

• 3 bus segments per FC Bus (maximum)

• 32 devices per bus segment (maximum, not to exceed 64 devices total on FC Bus)

• 1,220 m (4,000 ft) maximum per bus segment (using 22 AWG stranded, 3-wire twisted, shielded cable)

• 3660 m (12,000 ft) maximum per FC Bus (using 22 AWG stranded, 3-wire twisted, shielded cable)


FC Bus Rules and SpecificationsThe FC Bus connects field controllers to an NAE. Table 22 and Table 23 provide FC Bus rules and specifications. Table 22: FC Bus RulesCategory Rules/LimitsGeneral NAE55 Series models support up to two FC Buses.

NAE35 and NAE45 Series models support one FC Bus.Only daisy-chained connections (no T or Star topology configurations)

Number of Devices An FC Bus supports up to 100 Metasys devices and up to three bus segments. Note: When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party MS/TP controllers are connected on the FC Bus, the FC Bus supports only up to 64 devices.A bus segment on an FC Bus supports up to 50 Metasys devices (but the total number of Metasys devices on the FC Bus cannot exceed 100).Note: When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party MS/TP controllers are connected on the bus segment, the bus segment supports only up to 32 devices per bus segment and the FC Bus supports a maximum of 64 devices.

Up to two cascaded repeaters may be applied to an FC Bus.

Cable Length and Type 1,520 m (5,000 ft.)2 maximum separation between any devices on a bus segment. Repeaters are used to connect bus segments.

4,570 m (15,000 ft.)2 between any devices on a bus (up to three segments of 1,520 m [5,000 ft.] each using cascaded repeaters). See Figure 58 on page 84.Note: When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party MS/TP controllers

are connected on the FC Bus:1. Each bus segment may be up to 1,220 m (4,000 ft) in length (using 22 AWG

3-wire twisted, shielded cable).2. The FC Bus may be up to 3,660 m (12,000 ft)in length (using 22 AWG 3-wire

twisted, shielded cable).

RecommendedCable Type1

1. The recommended cable type provides the best bus performance. See MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111 for more information on alternative cable types.

2. If third-party devices are connected to the bus, the cable lengths should be reduced if necessary to match the third-party vendor recommendations.

22 AWG Stranded, 3-Wire Twisted, Shielded Cable

EOL Termination The EOL switch must be set to On (or an EOL terminator installed) on the two devices located at either end of each bus segment on an FC Bus.The EOL switches must be set to Off (or EOL termination disabled) for all other devices on the FC Bus segment. See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 for more information.

EOL Termination Method Integral EOL Termination switch or add-on EOL Terminator module (See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 and Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability on page 101 for more information.)

FC Bus Communication Wiring Transient Protection

Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP for all FC Bus communication terminal wiring. See SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for MS/TP FC Bus Communication Terminations on page 90 for details.

FC Bus I/O Terminals Transient Protection

Requires SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 between all FC Bus I/O terminals (Power terminals, I/O Common terminals, I/O terminals, and earth ground).See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for details.

Connecting TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party MS/TP controllers

When TEC26xx Series thermostats and/or third-party MS/TP controllers are connected on the FC bus segment, an NU-RPT101-0 repeater is required to isolate the FC Bus. See NU-RPT101-0U RS-485-to-RS-485 Repeater on page 118 for more information.


Table 23: FC Bus SpecificationsCategory SpecificationError Checking Message Headers checked using 8 bit CRC test. Message data check using

16-bit CRC test.

Device Addressing 0 - 255 (See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86 for more information.)

Data Transmission Standard RS485

Signaling Method BACnet MS/TP

Signaling Rate 9,600, 19,200, 38,400, or 76,800 baud as selected by bus supervisor

Transient Immunity Meets ENG1000-4 Requirements for heavy industrial applications. Protected against misapplication of 24 VAC.

EOL Termination Method Integral EOL Termination switch or add-on EOL Terminator module (See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 and Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability on page 101 for more information.)

Shield Grounding One (only) hard ground connection per bus segment with shielded cable.

Physical Configuration Daisy-chained

Optional Vendor Components Repeaters• NU-RPT101-0U (Acromag 4683-TTM-1F (115 VAC)) Note: A repeater is required to support more than 50 devices per trunk

segment and/ or trunk cable segments longer than 1,524 m (5,000 ft.).MS-BACEOL-0 RS485 End-of-Line Terminator • provides EOL termination on Metasys® RS485 protocol Field Controller

(FC) Bus segments when the terminating field device does not have integral EOL termination capability.


SA Bus Rules and SpecificationsThe SA Bus connects input/output point controllers and network sensors to field controllers.

Table 24 and Table 25 provide SA Bus rules and specifications. Table 24: SA Bus Rules

Category Rules/LimitsGeneral Each bus supervisor supports one SA Bus and each SA Bus supports one segment.

Number of Devices Supported on the Bus

An SA Bus supports up to 10 devices.Note: An SA Bus supports only up to four Network Sensors (due to bus address and power limits).

SA Buses do not support repeaters.

Cable Length 366 m (1,200 ft.) maximum separation between any devices on the bus

152 m (500 ft.) maximum distance between network sensor and the controller supplying power (FEC, VMA) using screw terminal blocks

30 m (100 ft.) maximum length for network sensors using the modular jack

366 m (1,200 ft.) maximum Bus Length

Recommended Cable Type1

1. The recommended cable types provide the best bus performance. See MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111 for information on alternative cable types.

Screw Terminal Connections: 22 AWG Stranded 4-wire, 2-Twisted Pairs, Shielded Cable for screw terminalsModular Jack Connections: 6-Pin RJ-Style Modular Connectors with 24 or 26 AWG Stranded 6-Wire, 3-Twisted Pairs

EOL Termination Each SA Bus supervisor has integral EOL termination, which typically provides sufficient EOL termination on an SA Bus. Long SA Bus runs or persistent communication problems on an SA Bus may require EOL termination at the last device on the SA Bus (in addition to the integral EOL termination at the SA Bus supervisor).

EOL Termination Method

Integral EOL Termination switch or add-on EOL Terminator module (See SA Bus Rules and Specifications on page 109 and Terminating FC Devices that do not have Integral EOL Termination Capability on page 101 for more information.)

SA Bus Communication Wiring Transient Protection

Requires SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP for all FC Bus communication terminal wiring. See SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for SA Bus Communication Terminations on page 92 for details.

SA Bus I/O Terminals Transient Protection

Requires SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 between all SA Bus I/O terminals(Power terminals, I/O Common terminals, I/O terminals, and earth ground).See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for details.


Table 25: SA Bus SpecificationsCategory SpecificationError Checking Message Headers checked using 8 bit CRC test.

Message data check using 16-bit CRC test.

Device Addressing 0 - 255 (See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86 for more information.)

Data Transmission Standard

RS-485

Signaling Method BACnet MS/TP

Signaling Rate 9,600, 19,200, 38,400 (default), or 76,800 baud as selected by the bus supervisor

Transient Immunity Meets ENG1000-4 Requirements for heavy industrial applications. Protected against misapplication of 24 VAC.

Shield Grounding One hard ground per bus when using shielded cable

Physical Configuration Daisy-chained (screw terminal only).

Optional Vendor Components

Transient Eliminator:• Advanced Protection Technologies Transient Eliminator TE/JC04C12


MS/TP Bus Cable RecommendationsTable 26 provides cable recommendations for MS/TP applications. The recommended FC Bus and SA Bus cables are available from Belden CDT® Inc. and Anixter Inc.

Note: For the best performance on MS/TP bus applications, 22 AWG stranded wire in a shielded cable with proper cable shield grounding is recommended. Other wire gauges and non-shielded cable may provide acceptable bus performance in many applications, especially applications that have short cable runs and low ambient inductive noise levels. See Table 26 and Table 27 for more information.

MS/TP buses cannot support the same number of devices at every baud rate and wire gauge. See Table 27. We recommend operating the MS/TP bus at 38,400 baud.

Table 26: Recommended Cable for FC Buses and SA BusesBus and Cable Type Non-Plenum Applications Plenum Applications

Part Number O.D. Part Number O.D.FC Bus: 22 AWG Stranded, 3-Wire Twisted Shielded Cable1

1. A 3-wire (for FC Bus) and 4-wire, 2 twisted-pair (for SA Bus), 22 AWG stranded, shielded cable is strongly recommended. 22 gauge cable offers the best performance for various baud rates, cable distances and number of trunk devices primarily due to lower conductor-to-conductor capacitance. Shielded cable offers better overall electrical noise immunity than non-shielded cable. Observe the shield grounding requirements.

Anixter: CBL-22/3-FC-PVC Belden: B5501FE

0.138 in. Anixter: CBL-22/3-FC-PVC Belden: B6501FE

0.140 in.

SA Bus (Terminal Block):22 AWG Stranded, 4-Wire, 2 Twisted-Pair Shielded Cable1

Anixter: CBL-22/2P-SA-PVCBelden: B5541FE

0.209 in. Anixter: CBL-22/2P-SA-PLN Belden: B6541FE

0.206 in.

SA Bus (Modular Jack)2:26 AWG Stranded 6-Wire, 3 Twisted-Pair Cable

2. 26 AWG stranded, 6-wire, (3 twisted pairs) cable is recommended as the best fit for fabricating modular cables with the modular jack housing assembly. Be sure the cable you use fits the modular jack housing. The preassembled cables that are available from Anixter (Part No. CBL-NETWORKxxx) use 24 gauge wire.

— — Anixter Inc. preassembled: CBL-NETWORK25CBL-NETWORK50CBL-NETWORK75CBL-NETWORK100

0.15 in.

FC Bus: 22 AWG Stranded, 3-Wire Twisted Non-Shielded Cable

Belden: B5501UE 0.135 in. Belden: B6501UE 0.131 in.

SA Bus (Terminal Block):22 AWG Stranded, 4-Wire, 2 Twisted-Pair Non-Shielded Cable

Belden: B5541UE 0.206 in. Belden: B6541UE 0.199 in.

Recommended Acceptable


Wiring the MS/TP Bus

Table 27: FC Bus Wire Gauge vs. FC Bus Baud RateAWG Wire Gauge

Maximum Cable Length and Node Connections Limit

Baud Rate

96001 19,2001 38,4002 76,800

18 Maximum Cable Length per Bus Segment [m (ft)]

1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000)

1,219 (4,000)

1,524 (5,000)

305 (1000)

Maximum Number of Nodes [per Segment / per FC Bus]

25/25 50/50 40/100 50/100 10/30 50/100


1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000)

1,219 (4,000)


25/25 50/50 50/100 40/100 50/100


1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000)


25/25 50/50 50/100 50/100


1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000)


25/25 50/50 50/100 50/100


1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000) 1,524 (5,000)


25/25 50/50 50/100 50/100

Best Acceptable Acceptable with Possible Restrictions Not Recommended

1. The maximum number of devices is reduced at lower baud rates due to increased token loop times. 2. 3 conductor (FC Bus), 22 AWG stranded, shielded cable is recommended. 22 gauge cable offers the best

performance for various baud rates, cable distances, and number of trunk devices primarily due to lower conductor-to-conductor capacitance. Shielded cable offers better overall electrical noise immunity than non-shielded cable.

IMPORTANT: Do not apply power to the Metasys network before finishing communication wiring and checking all wiring connections. Short-circuited or improperly connected wires may result in permanent damage to the equipment.

IMPORTANT: Use copper conductors only. Make all wiring in accordance with local, national, and regional regulations. Do not exceed the electrical ratings for the devices on the Metasys network.


General MS/TP Bus Wiring GuidelinesObserve the following when installing and wiring the MS/TP Communications Bus:

• Do not run cables near moving parts. Avoid sharp bends, abrasion, and the potential for severing or crushing the cable.

• Route cables neatly to promote good ventilation, visibility, testing, and ease of service.

• Provide some slack in the wires and cables to allow for access and servicing.

• Protect, coil, and secure any excess cable.

• Ensure proper grounding for bus cable shielding.

• Ensure proper EOL termination on buses and bus segments.

• Use dedicated transformers for 24 VAC supply power to the network devices or provide surge protection on the primary side of the 24 VAC supply power transformers to isolate the network devices from inductive surges or spikes.

FC Bus Wiring Guidelines

The FC Bus is a 22 AWG stranded, 3-wire, twisted shielded cable. Figure 4 shows a wiring detail for the FC Bus terminal blocks.

See Table 27 on page 112 for bus cable length limits.

Follow these guidelines for wiring the FC Bus:

• Wire the bus devices in a daisy-chain network configuration. Maintain polarity (FC+ to FC+, FC- to FC-, COM to COM, and SHLD to SHLD) along entire bus daisy-chain (Figure 81).

• Twist the FC Bus lead pairs together before inserting into the termination and ensure that the termination is tight at each terminal block on the daisy-chain.

• Each FC Bus segment must have only one hard ground connection to the cable shield.

• The hard ground connection to the cable shield should be made at the NAE when the NAE terminates the bus segment. Cable shield ground connection should be made within the first inch after entering the NAE enclosure.

• All other cable shield connections along the bus segment must be isolated from ground unless network communication problems persist.

IMPORTANT: Do not run network communication cables in the same conduit, raceway, or panel with any highvoltage (>30 VAC) wiring. Isolate all network devices from high-voltage wiring and equipment. Failure to isolate network wiring and network devices from high-voltage wiring and equipment can result in damage to network devices or poor network performance.

IMPORTANT: Properly install, terminate, and ground the cable shield on the FC Bus to minimize inductive noise, which can result in unreliable communication on the bus.

IMPORTANT: Prevent any static electric discharge to the network wiring and network devices. Static electric discharge can damage the network devices and void any warranties.


FC Bus and SA Bus Screw TerminationsBoth the FC Bus and SA Bus terminations have pluggable screw terminal blocks that allow you to connect the bus devices in a daisy-chain configuration (Figure 81).

For optimum bus performance, connect the FC Bus cable shield to a metal, earth grounded enclosure at only one connection on each bus segment. On bus segments connected to an NAE, this connection should be made within 1 or 2 in. of the NAE. Connect the remaining devices on each bus segment on the FC Bus as shown in Figure 81.

Note: The SHLD terminal on the FC Bus terminal block is electrically isolated from ground and is provided as a convenient terminal for connecting the cable shield in a daisy-chain on the bus segment.

Grounding the Cable Shield on MS/TP Bus Segments

Inductive interference and Radio Frequency (RF) interference can adversely affect MS/TP applications, causing poor bus performance and frequent device offline occurrences. Experience has shown that installing properly grounded shielded cable in MS/TP applications greatly reduces the impact of ambient inductive noise and RF interference. Applications installed without shielded cable are much less tolerant to ambient interference.

We recommended installing MS/TP bus applications using shielded cable. In applications using shielded cable, it is very important to ensure you ground the cable shield properly. Improper shield grounding can also result in poor bus performance and frequent device offline occurrences.

Figure 81: FC Bus and SA Bus Terminal Block Wiring Details

22 AWG Stranded, 4-Wire (2 Twisted Pair) Shielded Cable(One is and . The second pair is COM and SA PWR.) + -

To Next Deviceon the SA Bus


+ CO

MSA

PW

R

FIG

_FC&

SA_T

ERM

SA BusTerminal

Block

+ _ CO

MSH

LD

22 AWG Stranded, 3-Wire Twisted, Shield Cable

Isolated ShieldConnection

Terminal

To Next Deviceon the FC Bus

To Next Deviceon the FC Bus

FC BusTerminal

Block


To properly ground the cable shield on an MS/TP application, the cable shields on each bus segment must be connected in a daisy-chain as shown in (Figure 81). Each daisy-chained segment must be connected at only one point to a hard ground connection. We recommend making the hard ground connection within the first 2 inches of the cable terminations at the bus supervisor (the NAE on an FC Bus, and the FEC or VMA on the SA Bus). SA Bus Wiring

Guidelines

The SA Bus can connected using either a 4-wire (2-twisted pair) cable to the SA Bus (screw) terminal block or 6-wire cables with RJ-style modular jacks.

SA Bus Screw Terminations

The SA bus is a (2 twisted pair) shielded cable. The + and - leads makeup one twisted pair and the SA PWR and COM leads makeup the second twisted pair.

• Wire the SA Bus devices in a daisy-chain network configuration. Maintain polarity (SA+ to SA+, SA- to SA-, COM to COM, and SA PWR to SA PWR) along entire bus daisy-chain.

• Twist the SA bus leads together before inserting into the termination and ensure that the termination is tight at each terminal block on the daisy-chain.

• Each SA Bus must have only one hard ground connection to the cable shield.

• The single hard ground connection should be made at the bus supervisor where the SA Bus originates and should be made within one inch of entering an enclosure.

• All shield connections on the SA Bus must be isolated from ground and connected in continuous segment along the SA Bus.

Note: The SA Bus terminal blocks do not provide an isolated terminal for making cable shield connections. Use a small wirenut or other suitable connector to daisy-chain and isolate the cable shield on the SA Bus (Figure 82).

• Isolate the cable shield at the end of the bus segment (opposite the controller).

IMPORTANT: Ensure that the cable shield is connected to hard ground at only one point on the bus segment and is completely isolated from hard ground at all other points on the bus segment. Multiple hard ground connections on a bus segment can create transient currents in the cable shield, which can result in poor bus performance and frequent device offline occurrences.


SA Bus 6-Pin RJ-Style Modular Jack and CablesThe 6-pin modular jack SA Bus connection is a straight-through (not a crossover) connection and that uses a 6-wire connector cable (with 6-pin RJ-style modular jacks) to connect SA devices to network sensors and the VMA Balancing Sensor. On the 6-wire cable, two wires are used for network communication, two wires for network sensor power, and two wires supply 15 VDC (200 mA maximum) power to the devices connected to the sensor.

The Wireless Commissioning Converter is also connected (temporarily) to the SA Bus modular jack to commission the controller.

The cable connected to the SA Bus 6-pin modular jack can not exceed 30 m (100 ft). The SA Bus 6-pin modular jack supports only one device and no other SA device may be daisy-chained to the port.

Every MS/TP device (except the NAE55) has at least one 6-pin modular jack. Modular jacks on the network sensors allow you to connect a Wireless Commissioning Converter or VMA Balancing Sensor. Figure 83 shows the SA Bus modular jack pinouts.

IMPORTANT: Failure to adhere to the wiring details may cause your network sensor to function incorrectly. You will not be able to connect to the system using the Wireless Commissioning Converter, the Handheld VAV Balancing Sensor, nor will you be able to expand the system with future offerings.

Figure 82: SA Bus Terminal Block Wiring Details

+ CO

MSA

PW

R22 AWG Stranded, 4-Wire (2 Twisted Pair) Shielded Cable(One is and . The second pair is COM and SA PWR.) + -



FIG

_SA

_TER

M

SA BusTerminalBlock


Figure 83: SA Bus 6-Pin Modular Jack Pinout Details


Commissioning Devices on the MS/TP BusCommission the devices on the MS/TP Bus using the Controller Configuration Tool (CCT) software.

Applications and device configurations are downloaded to the hardware from the CCT computer using the Wireless Commissioning Converter or through the NAE from the User Interface (UI).

Hardware points can be auto discovered from the online UI of the NAE, the Application and Data Server (ADS), or the Extended Application and Data Server (ADX).

NU-RPT101-0U RS-485-to-RS-485 RepeaterInstall the repeater inside a UL Listed enclosure (see Enclosures and Accessories). The repeater provides isolation on the FC Bus end of a smoke control system. Input and output wiring is supervised and power-limited. The repeater has non-power-limited wiring for the input power source.

The NU-RPT101-0U repeater serves two purposes:

1. Isolate Smoke Control equipment from Non-Smoke Control equipment.

2. Extend the physical length of the FC Bus on a single Smoke Control FC Bus.

Figure 84: NU-RPT101-1U RS-485-to-RS-485 Repeater


Setting EOL for the RepeaterFigure 85 show the EOL jumper locations for the NU-RPT101-1U repeater. Table 28 shows the EOL jumper settings.

Table 28: EOL Setting for RepeaterSide Jumper If Repeater:

Side A J1 and J2 At end-of-line, install both jumpers over Pins 1 and 2 (EOL In).

Not at end-of-line, install both jumpers over Pins 2 and 3 (EOL Out).

Side B J3 and J4 At end-of-line, install both jumpers over Pins 1 and 2 (EOL In).

Not at end-of-line, install both jumpers over Pins 2 and 3 (EOL Out).

Figure 85: NU-RPT101-1U RS-485-to-RS-485 Repeater EOL Termination


Wiring

Transient Protection

Install tranzorbs on the NU-RPT101-1U on both terminal blocks TB1 and TB2. The tranzorbs must be from tranzorb kit SMOKE-TRNKIT-1, which must be ordered separately. See SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U Tranzorbs on page 123 for more information.

Note: Two SMOKE-TRNKIT-1 tranzorbs are required (one for TB1 and one for TB2) to protect the NU-RPT101-1U repeater.

Install the SMOKE-TRNKIT-1 tranzorbs to terminal blocks TB1 and TB2 using the following procedure(Figure 86):

1. Starting with TB1 (Far Side), strip the FC bus wiring to 0.5 inches.

2. Twist the single wire side of the first tranzorb to the FC COM Far Side wire.

3. Attach the twisted FC COM wires to the TB1 COM terminal.

4. Twist the FC+ Far Side bus wire together with one wire from 2-wire end of the first tranzorb.

5. Attach the twisted wires to the TB1 D+ terminal.

6. Twist the FC- Far Side bus wire together with the remaining 2-wire wire from the first tranzorb.

7. Attach the twisted wires to the TB1 D- terminal.

8. Repeat the process for TB2 (Near Side).

Note: The SMOKE-TRNKIT-1 tranzorb has no polarity. FC Bus wire colors may vary from this example.

Figure 86: NU-RPT101-1U FC Field and SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U Tranzorb


Specifications

Table 29: Physical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsOperating Temp. Range 0 to 49° C (32 to 120° F)

Relative Humidity (RH) 10 to 93% RH, Noncondensing

Power 120VAC, 60 Hz, 0.2A

Power Line Fuse 0.5A, 250V, 3AG type

Power Wire AWG 2 to 18 AWG (without terminal lugs); 14 to 18 AWG (with terminal lugs)

Power Wire Length Less than 32 feet (10 meters) length

Isolation The network repeater provides galvanic and opto-coupler isolation between RS-485(A), RS-485(B), AC power, and chassis ground. Common mode voltages are permitted up to 250V rms or 354V DC (withstands a 1500V AC dielectric strength test for 1 min. without breakdown) on a continuous basis. Complies with test requirements outlined in ANSI C39.5-1974 for voltage ratings specified.

RFI Resistance Withstands an RFI field strength of 10V per meter at 27 Mhz, 151 Mhz, and 467 Mhz with no digital effect, per SAMA PMC 33.1 test procedures.

Line Noise Effects Field and power line terminals withstand ANSI/IEEE C37.90-1978 Surge Withstanding Capability (SWC) Test with no component failures.Unit is tested to a standardized test waveform that is representative of surges (high-freq. transient electrical interference), observed in actual installations.

Communications Connections

Network repeater - both RS-485 conn. use modular terminal blocks with screw clamps. Wire range 14 to 26 AWG, CSA approval.

Power Wire Connections

Network repeater term. block.

Approvals UL Listed, CSA Certified file LR25710.

Dimensions (L x W x D) 7 x 4.3 x 2.1 in (17.8 x 10.3 x 5.3 cm)

Weight 3.0 pounds (1.4 kg) packed per unit.

Table 30: Communication SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsBaud Rates Switch settings on unit for 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19.2K, 38.4K, and 76.8K baud

rates. Switch must be in the proper baud rate position for proper operation.

RS-485 Bus Loading One unit load equivalent.

RS-485 Bus Drive Complete RS-485 compliance for up to 32 unit loads (31 unit loads if a repeater is used).

End-of-Line Termination Network

The EOLN termination network is enabled for the A side or B side when the associated pair of jumpers are positioned over pins 1 and 2. Conversely, the EOLN is disabled (out of the circuit) when the pair jumpers are positioned over pins 2 and 3.The EOLN termination network is individually selected on both the A and B sides by a pair of shorting clips. The A-side is controlled by jumper pair J1, J2 and the B-side is controlled by jumper pair J3 and J4

Duplex Half-duplex only

Data Format Ten bits typical (1 start bit, 8 data bits, and 1 stop bit). Other formats are supported.



Figure 87: Acromag Repeater UL Label Placement


SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U Tranzorbs The SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U is a kit containing 1 transient suppressor (Figure 88). The SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U is UL Listed for Smoke Control and Energy Management equipment. The NU-RPT101-1U Repeater requires these tranzorbs on TB1 and TB2.

Table 31: SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U SpecificationsCategory Specifications

Breakdown Voltage (V(BR) AT IT)1 7.22 V Minimum7.98 V Maximum

Test Current (IT) 10 mA

Standoff Voltage (VWM) 6.5 V

Maximum Reverse Leakage (AT VWM ID) 400 µA

Maximum Peak Pulse Current (IPPM) 44.7 A

Maximum Clamping Voltage (AT IPPM VC) 11.2 V

Maximum Temperature Coefficient (OF V(BR)) 5.0 mV/°C

1. Pulse Test: tp 50 ms

Figure 88: SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U and a Single Tranzorb


MS/TP Controllers

FEU16x0 and FEU26x0 Field Equipment ControllersThe FEU16x0 and FEU26x0 controllers are members of the Metasys® system Field Equipment Controller (FEC) family. They are designed to run a variety of pre-engineered Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) applications and provide the inputs/outputs required for these applications.

The MS-FEU2610-0U controller consists of two parts which are the mounting base (MS-FEB2610-0) and the controller cover (MS-FEC2610-0).

The MS-FEU2620-0U controller consists of two parts which are the mounting base (MS-FEB2620-0) and the controller cover (MS-FEC2620-0).)

IMPORTANT: Any FEU1620 or FEU2620 controller used for smoke control must be locked in an enclosure to prevent unauthorized access.

IMPORTANT: Do not use the buttons on the face of the FEU1620 or FEU2620 controller to override smoke control points.

Figure 89: FEU1610 FEU2610

Figure 90: FEU1620 FEU2620


MountingThe mounting base may be mounted without the controller cover. If you mount the mounting base without the controller cover, ensure that there is sufficient clearance to allow later mounting of the controller cover.

Follow these guidelines when mounting all FEC controller models listed above:

• Ensure that the mounting surface can support the FEC controller and any user-supplied enclosure.

• Mount the FEC controller in the proper orientation. See Figure 91.

• Mount the FEC controller on an even surface whenever possible.

• Use shims or washers to mount the unit securely on the mounting surface.

• Mount the FEC controller in areas free of corrosive vapors and observe the environmental limitations listed in the Technical Specifications section.

• Do not mount the FEC controller on surfaces that are prone to vibration, such as duct work, or in areas where electromagnetic emissions from other devices or wiring can interfere with FEC controller communication.

• Allow sufficient space for cable and wire connections (minimum of 50 mm [2 inches] in each direction).

• On panel or enclosure mount applications, observe the following guidelines:

• Do not install the FEC controller in an airtight enclosure.

• Mount the FEC controller so that the enclosure wall or the transformer does not obstruct ventilation of or radiate heat into the FEC controller housing.

Mounting Orientation

Common FEC Configuration DetailsUse the following information links to configure all Smoke Control FEC models.

Determining the FC Bus Address

See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86 for detailed information.

Setting the FC Bus Address

See Setting a Device Address on page 87 for detailed information.

Figure 91: Orientation for Wall Mount (left) and DIN Rail (right) Installations

RET SY

ON

ADDRESS

ADDRESS Ø = ALL OFF

SA BUS

FAULT

POWER

CO

M

HOT

COM

+ – SHLD

SA BUS

SENSOR COM

+ – SA PWR

OUT

4

OCO

M 4

OUT

5

OCO

M 5

OUT

6

OCO

M 6

OUT

7

OCO

M 7

OUT

2

OCO

M 2

OUT

1

OC

OM

1

OUT

3

OCO

M 3

BINARY

IN3

ICO

M3

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

FC

EOL

ON

RET

SY

ON

ADD

RESS

ADDRES

SØ

=ALL

OFF

SA BUS

FAULT

POW

ER

COM

HOT

COM

+

–

SHLD

SABU

S

SENSO

R

COM

+–

SAPWR

OUT 4

OCOM 4

OUT 5

OCOM 5

OUT 6

OCOM 6

OUT 7

OCOM 7

OUT 2

OCOM 2

OUT 1

OCOM 1

OUT 3

OCOM 3BINAR

Y

IN3

ICOM3

UNIVE

RSAL

+15V

IN1

ICOM1

IN2ICOM

2

FC

EOL

ON

Wal

l Mou

nt.c

dr

RET SY

ON

ADDRESS


SA BUS

FAULT

POWER

CO

M

HO

T

CO

M

+ – SHLD

SA BUS

SENSOR CO

M

+ – SA PWR

OU

T 4

OCO

M 4

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5

OU

T 6

OCO

M 6

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7

OU

T 2

OC

OM

2

OU

T 1

OC

OM

1

OU

T 3

OCO

M 3

BINARY

IN3

ICO

M3

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

FC

EOL

ON

DIN

Rai

l.cdr


FC Bus End-of-Line Switch

See End-of-Line Termination on the MS/TP Bus on page 95 for detailed information.

WiringTo wire all FEC controller models:

1. Terminate wiring per engineering drawings.

2. Wire Network Sensors and other devices to the SA Bus or RJ-45 modular jack for sensors. See Figure 92 (FEC1610/FEC1620) and Figure 94 (FEC2610/2620).

3. Wire the FC Bus in a daisy chain to other devices on the FC Bus and the supervisory controller.

4. Wire the SA Bus in a daisy chain.

Note: The FEC controller should be at one end of the SA Bus daisy chain. If multiple Input/Output Modules (IOMs) are used, set the End-of-Line (EOL) switch on the last IOM.

5. Ensure the device address DIP switches are set to the appropriate address (in the range of 4-127).

6. Add SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kits to all FC and SA Bus communication terminal block connections. See MS/TP SA Bus Network Sensors on page 167 for details.

7. Add SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 transient protectors to all MS/TP I/O terminal connections. See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for details.

8. Connect power to the FEC controller.

9. Download and commission the FEU1610/2610 controller. See the Commissioning section.


Figure 92: FEU1610/1620 Wiring Interface

RET SY

ON

ADDRESS


SA BUS

FAULT

POWER

CO

M

HO

T

CO

M

+ – SH

LD

SA BUS

SENSOR CO

M

+ – SA

PW

R

OU

T 4

OC

OM

4

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5

OU

T 6

OC

OM

6

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7

OU

T 2

OC

OM

2

OU

T 1

OC

OM

1

OU

T 3

OC

OM

3

BINARY

IN3

ICO

M3

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

FC

EOL

ON

Status LEDs

FC BusAddress

DIPSwitches

EOLSwitch

UniversalInputs

BinaryInputs

SA Bus FC Bus

BinaryOutputs

ConfigurableOutputs


FEC

1610

_cvr

.cdr

RJ-45 Modular Jack for Sensor


Terminal Type Terminal ConnectionRequired MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input IN3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input ICOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 93: MS-FEU-1610-0U and MS-FEU-2610-0U I/O MOV Placement


Figure 94: FEU2610/2620 Wiring Interface

RET SY

SA BUS

FAULT

POWER

ON ADDRESS


CO

M

HO

T

CO

M

+ – SHLD

OU

T 4

OC

OM

4

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5

OU

T 6

OC

OM

6

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7

OU

T 2

OC

OM

2

OU

T 1

OC

OM

1

OU

T 3

OC

OM

3

SA BUS

STAT CO

M

+ – 15V

OU

T 8

OC

OM

8

OU

T 9

OC

OM

9

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

+15V

IN3

ICO

M3

IN4

ICO

M4

+15V

IN5

ICO

M5

IN6

ICO

M6

IN7

ICO

M7

IN8

ICO

M8

BINARY

EOL

ON

StatusLEDs

DeviceAddress

DIPSwitches

EOLSwitch

BinaryOutputs

ConfigurableOutputs

AnalogOutputs


UniversalInputs Binary

Inputs FC BusTerminals

FC BusPort

SA BusTerminals FE

C26

10_c

vr.c

dr

RJ-45 Modular Jack

for Sensor


Terminal Type Terminal ConnectionRequired MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input IN7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input ICOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input IN7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input ICOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OUT8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OCOM8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OUT9 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OCOM9 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 95: MS-FEU-1620-0U and MS-FEU-2620-0U I/O MOV Placement


Table 32: FEUx610 and FEUx620 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 1 of 2)Terminal Block Terminal

LabelsFunction and Electrical Ratings/Requirements

Wiring Requirements(See Table 33 on page 133)

Universal IN +15V Sources 15 VDC power for active devices35 mA total current

Same as IN, 5

IN n Analog Input, Voltage ModeAccepts a 0-10 VDC input signal10 VDC Maximum Input VoltageInternal 75k ohm Pulldown

A3, 5

Analog Input, Current ModeAccepts a 4-20 mA input signalInternal 100 ohm load Impedance

B3, 5

Analog Input, Resistive ModeAccepts 0-600k ohm input signalInternal 12 V, 15k ohm PullupRTD (1k Nickel [Johnson Controls], 1k Platinum, A99BSilicon Temperature Sensor)Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) Sensor (10k Type L, 2.252k Type 2)

A3, 5

Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode1 s minimum pulse width (0.5 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup

A3, 5

ICOM n The input signal common for Universal IN terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons

Same as IN

Binary IN IN n Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode0.01 second minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup

A3, 5

Binary Input, Pulse Counter Mode0.01 second minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup

ICOM n The signal common for all Binary IN terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons

Analog OUTNote: (FEC2610 and

FEC2620 only)

OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDC output voltageExternal 1k ohm minimum load required10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A3, 5

Analog Output, Current ModeSources 4-20 mA output currentExternal 300 ohm maximum load required

B3, 5

OCOM n The output signal common for Analog OUT terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons

Same as OUT, 5


Binary OUT(Jumper set to External)

OUT n Binary Output, 24 VAC TriacConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

C3, 5

OCOM n The output signal common for Binary OUT terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons, including BO terminal commons

Binary OUT(Jumper set to Internal)

OUT n Sources 24 VAC Power (Hot) C3, 5

OCOM n Binary Output, 24 VAC TriacConnects OCOM to 24 VAC Power (Com) when activated (low side switching)30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

Configurable OUT OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDCExternal 1k ohm minimum load required10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A3, 5

Binary Output, 24 VAC Triac modeConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

C3, 5

OCOM n The output signal common; isolated from all other terminal commons

Same as OUT, 5

Sensor1,2 Sensor Provides SA Bus communication networkRJ-12 6-position modular connector

30.5 m (100 ft) max.length phone cord

SA Bus2,4 +-COM

Provides SA Bus communication network Daisy-chained366 m (1,200 ft) max. length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)[22 AWG Recommended]

SA PWR Sources 15 VDC power for devices on the SA Bus

FC Bus2,4 +-COM

Provides FC Bus communication network Daisy-chained1,524 m (5,000 ft) max. length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)[22 AWG Recommended]

SHLD Provides an optional shield connection

24~ Power Hot AC Supply Input - Nominal 24 VAC 16 AWG

COM The 24~ Power common; isolated from all other terminal commons

1. The SA Bus and the Sensor Port are daisy-chained internally.2. The SA Bus and FC Bus specifications in this table are for MS/TP bus communications at 38.4k. For more information,

refer to the MS/TP Field Bus on page 83 section in this document.3. See MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111 for wire length specifications.4. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See

SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for MS/TP FC Bus Communication Terminations on page 90 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for SA Bus Communication Terminations on page 92 for wiring details.

5. Requires SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 transient protectors for all MS/TP I/O terminal connections. See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for wiring details.

Table 32: FEUx610 and FEUx620 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 2 of 2)Terminal Block Terminal

LabelsFunction and Electrical Ratings/Requirements

Wiring Requirements(See Table 33 on page 133)


Use Table 33 for all FEC wiring. Table 33: FEC Wire Gauge and Length GuidelinesGuideline Cable

Size (AWG)

Maximum Length (Ft)

Assumptions

A 18 1500 100 mV maximum voltage drop at maximum current

20 975

22 600

24 350

B 18 750 100 mV maximum voltage drop at maximum current

20 450

22 300

24 200

C 40 mA Load

18 400

20 250

22 150

24 100

500 mA Load

18 75

20 50

22 30

24 20

18 AWG (1.5 mm )2

20 AWG (0.8 mm )2

22 AWG (0.6 mm )2

24 AWG (N/A)

450 500400350300250200150100500

Load Current (mA)

0 ft (0 m)

50 ft (15.2 m)

100 ft (30.5 m)

150 ft (45.7 m)

200 ft (61 m)

250 ft (76.2 m)

300 ft (91.4 m)

350 ft (106.7 m)

400 ft (121.9 m)

450 ft (137.2 m)

Length

Load Current vs Wire Length


Setup and Adjustments

Setting the Binary Output INT/EXT Jumpers

The Binary Output jumpers (OUT1 through OUT3) are located on the circuit board in the mounting base near the binary outputs. These jumpers select whether the output provides internal power to the load (INT) or requires external power (EXT). See Figure 96.

When set to the INT position, the FEC controller is the power source for the Binary Output and both sides of the load can be wired directly to the OUTx and COMx terminals.

Setting the jumper to the EXT position isolates the Binary Outputs and power must come from one or more external sources. Do not wire the load directly to the OUTx and COMx terminals. Wire one side of the load to the source and the other side of the load to the OUTx terminal. Wire the other side of the external power source to the COMx terminal.

Setting the Analog Input Load Resistor Enable/Disable

The Analog Input Resistor Enable/Disable jumpers (J10 through J15) are located on the circuit board in the controller cover. These jumpers can permanently connect the internal 4-20 mA, 100 ohm load resistor to the input terminals. There is one jumper for each of the Universal Inputs. See Figure 97.

Software configuration of the Universal Input normally selects the enabling or disabling of the analog input load resistor. In cases when the analog input load resistor must be left connected even when power is OFF to the controller, set this jumper to the ENABLE position.

This jumper must be in the DISABLE position for all Universal Input modes other than 4-20 mA.

Figure 96: Binary Output Jumper Positions

Jumper

Pins

Jumper positioned on top two pins

Jumper positioned on bottom two pins

INT

EXT (Default)

Bina

ry O

UT_

Jum

pers

.cdr

Figure 97: Analog Input Resistor Jumper Positions

Jumper

Pins

Jumper positioned on top two pins

Jumper positioned on bottom two pins

ENABLE

DISABLE (Default)

Anal

og In

put_

Jum

pers

.cdr


CommissioningCommission the FEUx610 or FEUx620 controller through the NAE passthrough and FC communication bus and the Controller Configuration Tool (CCT) software.

Troubleshooting

Use Table 34 to troubleshoot the FEC controllers.Table 34: Status Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs)Name Color Normal DescriptionsPower Green On Steady Off Steady = No Power

On Steady = Power is supplied by Primary Voltage.

Fault Red Off Steady Blink - 2 Hz = Download or Startup in progress, not ready for normal operationOff Steady = No FaultsOn Steady = Device Fault or no application loaded

FC Bus Green Blink - 2 Hz Blink - 2 Hz = Data Transmission (normal communication)Off Steady = No Data Transmission (auto baud in progress)On Steady = Communication lost, waiting to join communication ring

SA Bus Green Blink - 2 Hz Blink - 2 Hz = Data Transmission (normal communication)Off Steady = No Data Transmission (N/A - auto baud not supported)On Steady = Communication lost, waiting to join communication ring


SpecificationsTable 35: FEUx6x0-0U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationProduct Code Number MS-FEU1610-0U Cooling Only

MS-FEU2610-0 U Cooling with Reheat

MS-FEU1620-0U Cooling Only with Display

MS-FEU2620-0U Cooling with Reheat with Display

Supply Voltage 24 VAC, 60 Hz

Power Consumption 10 VA maximum plus all BO and Configurable Output loads


0 to 49°C (32 to 120°F) 10 to 93% RH non-condensing

Terminations 6.3 mm (1/4 in.) spade lugs except communications and 24 VAC power, which are screw terminals

Controller Addressing DIP switch set (4-127). Addresses 0 - 3, 128-255 are reserved.

Communications Bus BACnet MS/TP; 3-wire Field Controller Bus (FC Bus) between the Network Automation Engine (NAE) and other devices. 4-wireSensor-Actuator Bus (SA Bus) between network sensors and other devices.1

Mounting Mounts to damper shaft using single set screw and to duct with single mounting screw.

Actuator Rating 4 N·m (35 lb·in) minimum shaft length = 44 mm (1-3/4 in.)

Compliance UL Listed and CSA CertifiedUL 916 Energy Management Listing, CSA C22.2 No. 205, CFR47FCC Part 15 Class ACE Mark and C-Tick DirectiveCE Directive 89/336/EEC (EN50081-1 Class B, EN50082-2)

Dimensions Width: 182 mm (7-3/16 in.)Length: 182 mm (7-3/16 in.)Height: 64 mm (2-1/2 in.)Center of Output Hub to Center of Anti-rotation Slot: 160 mm (6-5/16 in.)

Housing Plastic housingPlastic material: ABS _ polycarbonate UL94-5VBProtection: IP20 (IEC 60529)

Weight 0.5 kg (1.1 lb) 0.68 kg (1.5 lb)

1.For more information, refer to the MS/TP Field Bus section in this document.



Figure 98: UL Label Placement for the MS-FEU1610-0U and MS-FEU2610-0U


UL Listing labels must be positioned as shown in Figure 99.

Figure 99: UL Label Placement for the MS-FEU1620-0U and MS-FEU2620-0U


IOMx710 Field Equipment ControllersThe Input Output Modules (IOMs) IOM1710, IOM2710, IOM3710, and IOM4710 are members of the Metasys® system Field Equipment Controller family. The IOM provides increased capacity to larger Field Equipment Controller (FEC) applications when used on the Sensor Actuator (SA) bus. The IOM can also be used on the Field Controller (FC) bus to connect additional physical points to the system.

Mounting

Follow the guidelines below when mounting an IOM controller:

• Ensure that the mounting surface can support the IOM controller and any user-supplied enclosure.

• Mount the IOM controller in the proper orientation. See Figure 102.

• Mount the IOM controller on an even surface whenever possible.

• Use shims or washers to mount the unit securely on the mounting surface.

• Mount the IOM controller in areas free of corrosive vapors and observe the environmental limitations listed in the Technical Specifications section.

Figure 100: IOM1710 IOM2710

Figure 101: IOM3710 IOM4710


• Do not mount the IOM controller on surfaces that are prone to vibration, such as duct work, or in areas where electromagnetic emissions from other devices or wiring can interfere with IOM controller communication.

• Allow sufficient space for cable and wire connections (minimum of 2 inches in each direction).

On panel or enclosure mount applications, observe the guidelines below:

• Do not install the IOM controller in an airtight enclosure.

Mount the IOM controller so that the enclosure wall or the transformer does not obstruct ventilation of or radiate heat into the IOM controller housing.

Wall Mount Applications

Use the holes in the two mounting clips for wall mount applications.

To mount the IOM on a wall or other vertical surface:

1. Ensure the two mounting clips are pulled outward and snapped firmly into the extended position.

2. Mark the location of the two wall mount holes using the supplied dimensions or hold the IOM up to the wall as a template and mark the locations.

Note: Mount the IOM horizontally for proper air flow (Figure 102).

3. Drill holes in the wall at the locations marked in Step 2 and insert wall anchors (if necessary).

4. Position the IOM and insert the screws through the holes in the mounting clips, and carefully tighten all the screws.

Common IOM Configuration DetailsUse the following information links to configure all IOM models.







Figure 102: Required Orientation for Wall Mount Applications

RET SY

FAULT

POWER

ADDRESSON

IN 1

ICO

M 1

IN 2

ICO

M 2

IN 3

ICO

M 3

IN 4

ICO

M 4

BINARY INPUTS

CO

M+ – SH

LD

+ – CO

M

PW

R

CO

M

HO

T

ADDRESS Ø = ALL OFF EOLON

RET SY

FAULT

POWER

ADDRESSON

+15V

+5V

IN 1

ICO

M 1

IN 2

ICO

M 2

+15V

+5V

IN 3

ICO

M 3

IN 4

ICO

M 4

UNIVERSAL

CO

M

+ –

+ – CO

MSA PW

R

CO

M

HO

T

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7O

UT

8O

CO

M 8

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5O

UT

6O

CO

M 6

OU

T 4

NO

OC

OM

4O

UT

4 N

C

OU

T 3

NO

OC

OM

3O

UT

3 N

C

OU

T 2

NO

OC

OM

2O

UT

2 N

C

OU

T 1

NO

OC

OM

1O

UT

1 N

C

ADDRESS Ø = ALL OFFEOL

ON

RET SY

ON

ADDRESS


SA BUS

FAULT

POWER

CO

M

HO

T

CO

M

+ – SH

LD

SA BUS

SENSOR CO

M

+ – SA

PW

R

OU

T 4

OC

OM

4

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5

OU

T 6

OC

OM

6

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7

OU

T 2

OC

OM

2

OU

T 1

OC

OM

1

OU

T 3

OC

OM

3

BINARY

IN3

ICO

M3

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

FC

EOL

ON

RET

SY

ON

AD

DR

ES

S

ADD

RES

SØ

=A

LLO

FF

SA

BU

S

FAU

LT

PO

WER

COM

HOT

COM

+

–

SHLD

SAB

US

SEN

SOR

COM

+

–

SAPWR

OUT 4

OCOM 4

OUT 5

OCOM 5

OUT 6

OCOM 6

OUT 7

OCOM 7

OUT 2

OCOM 2

OUT 1

OCOM 1

OUT 3

OCOM 3BIN

ARY

IN3

ICOM3

UN

IVE

RSA

L

+15V

IN1

ICOM1

IN2ICOM

2

FC

EOL

ON

Wal

l Mou

nt.c

dr

IOM1710 IOM2710 and IOM3710 IOM4710


Commissioning the IOM

Commission all Smoke Control IOM models through the NAE passthrough and FC communication bus and the Controller Configuration Tool (CCT) software.

Wiring

General Wiring Precautions

IMPORTANT: Do not connect 24 VAC supply power to the Network Automation Engine (NAE) before finishing wiring and checking all wiring connections. Short circuits or improperly connected wires may result in permanent damage to the equipment.

IMPORTANT: User copper conductors only. Make all wiring in accordance with local, national, and regional regulations. The IOM is a low-voltage (<30 VAC) device. Do not exceed the IOM electrical ratings.

IMPORTANT: Prevent any static electric discharge to the IOM. Static electric discharge can damage the IOM and void any warranties.


IOM Wire Gauge and Length Guidelines

Use Table 36 for all IOM wiring.

Wiring the IOM1710To wire the IOM1710:


2. Wire Network Sensors and other devices to the SA Bus or Sensor socket.

3. Ensure the device address DIP switches are set to the appropriate hardware address (in the range of 4-127).

4. Add SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kits to all FC and SA Bus communication terminal block connections. See MS/TP SA Bus Network Sensors on page 167 for details.

5. Add SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 transient protectors to all MS/TP I/O terminal connections. See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for details.

6. Connect power to the IOM.

7. Download and commission the IOM.

Table 36: IOM Wire Gauge and Length GuidelinesGuideline Cable Size (AWG) Maximum

Length (Ft)Assumptions


20 975

22 600

24 350


20 450

22 300

24 200

C 40 mA Load

18 400

20 250

22 150

24 100

500 mA Load

18 75

20 50

22 30

24 20

18 AWG (1.5 mm )2

20 AWG (0.8 mm )2

22 AWG (0.6 mm )2

24 AWG (N/A)

450 500400350300250200150100500

Load Current (mA)

0 ft (0 m)

50 ft (15.2 m)

100 ft (30.5 m)

150 ft (45.7 m)

200 ft (61 m)

250 ft (76.2 m)

300 ft (91.4 m)

350 ft (106.7 m)

400 ft (121.9 m)

450 ft (137.2 m)

Length

Wiri

ng le

ngth

.cdr



Figure 103: IOM1710 Wiring Interface Showing Dimensions (mm/in.), and Physical Features

108.0(4.25)

HO

T

CO

M

RET SY

FAULT

POWER

ADDRESSON

IN 1

ICO

M 1

IN 2

ICO

M 2

IN 3

ICO

M 3

IN 4

ICO

M 4

BINARY INPUTSC

OM+ – S

HLD

+ – CO

M

PWR

CO

M

HO

T

ADDRESS Ø = ALL OFF EOLON

BinaryInputs

MountingClip

EOLSwitch

Device AddressDIP Switches

SA BUSFC BUS

24 VACPower TerminalMounting

Clip

StatusLEDs

SA/FC BusPort

Terminal Type Terminal ConnectionRequired MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +5V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 104: MS-IOM1710-0U I/O MOV Placement


IOM1710 Field Controller Platform Wiring List

Troubleshooting

Use Table 38 to troubleshoot the IOM1710 module.

Table 37: IOM1710 Field Controller Platform Wiring ListTerminal Block

Terminal Labels

Function and Electrical Ratings/Requirements Wiring Requirements(see Table 36 on page 142)

Binary IN IN n Dry Contact Maintained Mode0.01 s minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pull-up

A4

Pulse Counter Mode0.01 s minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pull-up


SA Bus1, 3

1. The SA Bus and FC Bus specifications in this table are for MS/TP bus communications at 38.4K. For more information, see MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111.

2. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for MS/TP FC Bus Communication Terminations on page 90 for wiring details.

3. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Wiring for SA Bus Communication Terminations on page 92 for details.


+-COM

Provides SA Bus communication network. Daisy-chained366 m (1,200 ft) maximum length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)(22 AWG Recommended)

SA PWR Sources 15 VDC power for devices on the SA Bus.

FC Bus1, 2 +-COM

Provides FC Bus communication network. Daisy-chained1,524 m (5,000 ft) maximum length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)[22 AWG Recommended]

SHLD Provides an optional shield connection.

24~ Power Hot AC Supply Input, Nominal 24 VAC 16 AWG


Table 38: IOM1710 LED IndicatorsName Color Normal DescriptionsPower Green On Steady On Steady = Power is Supplied by Primary Voltage.

Off = No Power

Fault Red Off Off Steady = No FaultsOn Steady = Device FaultFlicker = Download or startup in progress and not ready for normal operation

SA Bus/FC Bus Green Flicker Flicker = Normal CommunicationOff Steady = Auto baud in progress (Not applicable for SA Bus)On Steady = Communication lost


Wiring the IOM2710 and IOM3710To wire the IOM2710 or IOM3710:



3. Ensure the device address DIP switches are set to the appropriate hardware address (in the range of 4-127).

4. Connect power to the IOM.

5. Download and commission the IOM.



Terminal Type Terminal ConnectionRequired MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +5V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 106: MS-IOM2710-0U I/O MOV Placement



58.02.28

127.55.02

180.07.09

RET SYFAULT

POWER

ADDRESSON

+15V

+5V

IN 1

ICO

M 1

IN 2

ICO

M 2

+15V

+5V

IN 3

ICO

M 3

IN 4

ICO

M 4

UNIVERSAL

CO

M

+ –+ – CO

MS

AP

WR

CO

M

HO

T

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7O

UT

8O

CO

M 8

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5O

UT

6O

CO

M 6

OU

T 4

NO

OC

OM

4O

UT

4 N

C

OU

T 3

NO

OC

OM

3O

UT

3 N

C

OU

T 2

NO

OC

OM

2O

UT

2 N

C

OU

T 1

NO

OC

OM

1O

UT

1 N

C


CO

M

HO

T

O7

OC

7

O8

OC

8

O5

OC

5

O6

OC

6

NO

4

OC

4

NC

4

NO

3

OC

3

NC

3

NO

2

OC

2

NC

2

NO

1

OC

1

NC

1

EOLON

SA/FC BusTerminals

Mounting Clip

481.92

97.53.77

903.5

47.91.88

47.91.88

Status LEDs

58.02.28

127.55.02

180.07.09

RET SYFAULT

POWER

ADDRESSON

+15V

+5V

IN 1

ICO

M 1

IN 2

ICO

M 2

+15V

+5V

IN 3

ICO

M 3

IN 4

ICO

M 4

UNIVERSAL

CO

M

+ –+ – CO

MS

AP

WR

CO

M

HO

T

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7O

UT

8O

CO

M 8

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5O

UT

6O

CO

M 6

OU

T 4

NO

OC

OM

4O

UT

4 N

C

OU

T 3

NO

OC

OM

3O

UT

3 N

C

OU

T 2

NO

OC

OM

2O

UT

2 N

C

OU

T 1

NO

OC

OM

1O

UT

1 N

C


CO

M

HO

T

O7

OC

7

O8

OC

8

O5

OC

5

O6

OC

6

NO

4

OC

4

NC

4

NO

3

OC

3

NC

3

NO

2

OC

2

NC

2

NO

1

OC

1

NC

1

EOLON

SA/FC BusPort

EOL Switch

Universal Inputs

Universal Outputs


Device AddressDIP Switches

481.92

97.53.77

903.5

47.91.88

47.91.88

Relay Outputs


Terminal Type Terminal ConnectionRequired MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +5V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +5V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 1 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 2 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 3 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 3 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 4 NO 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundRelay Output OUT 4 NC 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OUT8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Output OCOM8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 108: MS-3710-0U I/O MOV Placement


IOM2710 and IOM3710 Field Controller Platform Wiring ListTable 39: IOM2710 and IOM3710 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 1 of 2)Terminal Block1

Terminal Labels

Function and Electrical Ratings/Requirements Wiring Requirements (see Table 36 on page 142)


Same as IN 4

+15V Sources 15 VDC power for active devices35 mA total current

Same as IN 4

IN n Analog Input, Voltage ModeAccepts a 0-10 VDC input signal10 VDC Maximum Input VoltageInternal 75k ohm Pull-down

A 4


B 4

Analog Input, Resistive ModeAccepts 0-600K Ohm input signalInternal 12 V, 15k ohm Pull-up

A 4

Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode1 sec minimum pulse width (0.5 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pull-up

A 4

Binary Input, Dry Contact Pulse Counter Mode1 sec minimum pulse width (0.5 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pull-up

A 4


Same as IN 4

Universal OUT

OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDC output voltage1K Ohm minimum load10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A 4

Binary Output Mode24 V AC/DC FETConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 V AC/DC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current (hold current)

B 4

Analog Output, Current ModeSources 4-20 mA output currentExternal 300 Ohm maximum load required

B 4

OCOM n The output signal common; isolated from all other terminal commons, including UO terminal commons

Same as OUT 4


Troubleshooting

Use Table 40 to troubleshoot the IOM2710 and IOM3710 modules.

Relay Output Control

OUT NO n Normally Open ContactConnects OCOM to OUT NO when activated240 VAC maximum voltage1/3 Hp 125 VAC, 1/2 hp 250 VAC

OCOM n The relay signal common; isolated from other terminal commons, including Relay Output terminal commons

OUT NC n Normally Closed ContactConnects OCOM to OUT NC when activated240 VAC maximum voltage1/3 hp 125 VAC, 1/2 hp 250 VAC

SA Bus2,3 +-COM

Provides SA Bus communication network Daisy-chained366 m (1,200 ft) maximum length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)[22 AWG Recommended]

FC Bus,3 +-COM

Provides FC Bus communication network Daisy-chained1,524 m (5,000 ft) maximum length0.6 mm to 1.5 mm2 (18 to 24 AWG)[22 AWG Recommended]




1. The terminal block column displays all the points for the IOM3710 model.2. The SA Bus and FC Bus specifications in this table are for MS/TP bus communications at 38.4K. For more information,

see MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111.3. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See



Table 40: IOM2710 and IOM3710 LED Status IndicatorsName Color Normal DescriptionsPower Green On Steady On Steady = Power is Supplied by Primary Voltage

Off = No Power

Fault Red Off Off Steady = No FaultsOn Steady = Device FaultFlicker = Download or startup in progress and not ready for normal operation

SA Bus/FC Bus Green Flicker Flicker = Normal CommunicationOff Steady = Auto baud in progress (Not applicable for SA Bus)On Steady = Communication lost

Table 39: IOM2710 and IOM3710 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 2 of 2)Terminal Block1

Terminal Labels

Function and Electrical Ratings/Requirements Wiring Requirements (see Table 36 on page 142)


Wiring the IOM47101. Terminate wiring per engineering drawings.


3. Wire the FC Bus in a daisy chain.

4. Wire the SA Bus in a daisy chain.

5. The IOM4710 module should be at one end of the SA Bus daisy chain. If multiple Input/Output Modules (IOMs) are used, set the End-of-Line (EOL) switch on the last IOM.

6. Ensure the device address DIP switches are set to the appropriate hardware address (in the range of 4-127). See Device Addresses on the MS/TP Bus on page 86.

7. Connect power to the IOM4710 module.

8. Download and commission the IOM4710 module.

Figure 109: IOM4710 Module Wiring Interface

RET SY

FAULT

POWER

ON ADDRESS


CO

M

HO

T

OU

T 4

OC

OM

4

OU

T 5

OC

OM

5

OU

T 6

OC

OM

6

OU

T 7

OC

OM

7

OU

T 2

OC

OM

2

OU

T 1

OC

OM

1

OU

T 3

OC

OM

3

OU

T 8

OC

OM

8

OU

T 9

OC

OM

9

UNIVERSAL

+15V

IN1

ICO

M1

IN2

ICO

M2

+15V

IN3

ICO

M3

IN4

ICO

M4

+15V

IN5

ICO

M5

IN6

ICO

M6

IN7

ICO

M7

IN8

ICO

M8

BINARY

EOL

ON

StatusLEDs

DeviceAddress

DIPSwitches

EOLSwitch

IOM

4710

-cvr

.cdr

+ - CO

M

+ - CO

M

15V

SA

PW

R

FC

SA

BinaryOutputs

ConfigurableOutputs

AnalogOutputs 24 VAC

Power Terminal

UniversalInputs

BinaryInputs

SA/FC BusTeerminals

SA/FC BusPort


Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input IN7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input ICOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input IN7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Input ICOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OUT8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OCOM8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OUT9 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output OCOM9 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 110: MS-IOU4710-0U I/O MOV Placement


IOM4710 Field Controller Platform Wiring ListTable 41: IOM4710 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 1 of 2)Terminal Block

Terminal Labels



Same as IN 4


A 4


B 4

Analog Input, Resistive ModeAccepts 0-600k ohm input signalInternal 12 V, 15k ohm PullupRTD (1k Nickel [Johnson Controls], 1k Platinum, A99B Silicon Temperature Sensor)Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) Sensor (10k Type L, 2.252k Type 2)

A 4

Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode1 s minimum pulse width (0.5 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup

A 4


Same as IN 4

Binary IN IN n Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode0.01 s minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup

A 4

Binary Input, Pulse Counter Mode0.01 s minimum pulse width (50 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k ohm Pullup


Analog OUT OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDC output voltageExternal 1k ohm minimum load required10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A 4

Analog Output, Current ModeSources 4-20 mA output currentExternal 300 ohm maximum load required

B 4

OCOM n The output signal common for Analog OUT terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons

Same as OUT 4

Binary OUT(Jumper set to External)

OUT n Binary Output, 24 VAC TriacConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

C 4

OCOM n The output signal common for Binary OUT terminals; isolated from all other terminal commons, including BO terminal commons


Binary OUT(Jumper set to Internal)

OUT n Sources 24~ Power (Hot) C 4

OCOM n Binary Output, 24 VAC TriacConnects OCOM to 24~ Power (Com) when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

Configurable OUT

OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDCExternal 1k ohm minimum load required10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A 4

Binary Output, 24 VAC Triac ModeConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

C 4


Same as OUT

Sensor1, Sensor Provides SA Bus communication networkRJ-12 6-position modular connector

30.5 m (100 ft) maximum length phone cord

SA Bus,2,3 +-COM



FC Bus2, 3 +-COM





1. The SA Bus and the Sensor Port are daisy-chained internally.2. The SA Bus and FC Bus specifications in this table are for MS/TP bus communications at 38.4k.3. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See



Table 41: IOM4710 Field Controller Platform Wiring List (Part 2 of 2)Terminal Block

Terminal Labels



Troubleshooting Use Table 42 to troubleshoot the IOM4710 module.

IOMx710-0U Specifications

Table 42: IOM4710 Status LEDsName Color Normal DescriptionsPower Green On Steady Off Steady = No Power

On Steady = Power is Supplied by Primary Voltage.

Fault Red Off Steady Blink - 2 Hz = Download or startup in progress, not ready for normal operationOff Steady = No FaultsOn Steady = Device Fault

SA/FC Bus Green Blink - 2 Hz Blink - 2 Hz = Data Transmission (normal communication)Off Steady = No Data Transmission (auto baud in progress, N/A for SA bus)On Steady = Communication lost, waiting to join communication ring

Table 43: IOMx710-0U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationProduct Code Number MS-IOM1710-0U MS-IOM2710-0U MS-IOM3710-0U MS-IOU4710-0U

IOM - Cover and Triac Mounting Base

Supply Voltage 24 VAC Nominal at 60 Hz

Power Consumption 0.6 A Max, 10 VA maximum plus all BO and Configurable Output loads


0 to 49°C (32 to 120°F); 10 to 93% RH noncondensing

Terminations Screw terminals, 3-Position Screw Terminal Pluggable Blocks, 4-Position Screw Terminal Pluggable Blocks

Controller Addressing DIP switch set (4-127). Addresses 0 - 3, 128-255 are reserved.

Communications Bus • BACnet MS/TP; 3-wire Field Controller Bus (FC Bus) between the Network Automation Engine (NAE) and other devices.

• 4-wire Sensor-Actuator Bus (SA Bus) between network sensors and other devices.1

Mounting On flat surface with screws on three mounting clips or a single 35 mm DIN rail

Standards Compliance UL Listed and CSA CertifiedUL 916 Energy Management Listing, CSA C22.2 No. 205, CFR47FCC Part 15 Class ACE Mark and C-Tick DirectiveCE Directive 89/336/EEC (EN50081-1, EN50082-2)


108 x 127 x 58 mm(4-1/4 x 5 x 2-1/4 in.)

180 x 127 x 58 mm(7-1/16 x 5 x 2-1/4 in.)

180 x 127 x 58 mm(7-1/16 x 5 x 2-1/4 in.)

180 x 127 x 58 mm(7-1/16 x 5 x 2-1/4 in.)

Housing Plastic housingPlastic material: ABS _ polycarbonate UL94 5VBProtection: IP20 (IEC529)

Weight 0.31 kg (0.7 lb) 0.48 kg (1.1 lb) 0.55 kg (1.2 lb) 0.68 kg (1.5 lb)

1. For more information, refer to the MS/TP Field Bus section in this document.



Figure 111: UL Label Placement for the MS-IOM1710-0U and MS-IOM2710-0U


Figure 112: UL Label Placement for the MS-IOM3710-0U and MS-IOM4710-0U


VMA16x0 Field Equipment ControllersThe Variable Air Volume (VAV) Modular Assembly (VMA) 1600 Series consists of configurable digital controllers that use the BACnet® Master-Slave/Token-Passing (MS/TP) communications protocol. Both the VMA1610 and VMA1620 have a pressure sensor and actuator in a prewired unit.

MountingTo mount the VMA1610/VMA1620:

1. Place the VMA in the proper mounting position on the damper shaft so that the wiring connections are easily accessible. Make sure the VMA base is parallel to the VAV box (perpendicular to the damper shaft). If needed, use a spacer to offset tipping of the VMA caused by the shaft bushings.

2. Secure the self-piercing No. 10 screw through the VMA mounting slot with a power screwdriver and 100 mm (4 inch) extension socket. Otherwise, use a punch to mark the position of the shoulder washer, and then drill a hole into the VAV box using a 3.5 mm (9/64 in.) drill bit. Insert the mounting screw, and tighten against the washer.

3. Locate the damper position using the typical marking on the end of the damper shaft (Figure 114).

IMPORTANT: When the air supply to the VAV box is below 10°C (50°F), make sure that any condensation on the VAV box, particularly on the damper shaft, does not enter the electronics. Mount the VMA vertically above the damper shaft to allow any shaft condensation to fall away from the VMA controller. Additional measures may be required in some installations.

IMPORTANT: Do not overtighten the screws, or the threads may strip. If mounting to the VAV box, make sure the screws do not interfere with damper blade movement.

Figure 113: VMA1610 VMA1620

d_sh

aft

Figure 114: Typical Damper End Shaft


4. Note the direction, Clockwise (CW) or Counterclockwise (CCW), required to close the damper. Grasp the damper shaft firmly with pliers and either manually close the damper for 90° boxes or manually open for 45° or 60° boxes.

5. Push down and hold the Manual Override button (see Figure 115), and turn the VMA coupler until it contacts the mechanical end-stop at either the fully closed (90° boxes) or fully open (45° and 60° boxes) position.

6. If the damper for a 90° box closes CCW, rotate the coupler to the CCW mechanical limit. If the damper for a 90° box closes CW, rotate the coupler to the CW mechanical limit. The open end-stop is automatically set for 90° boxes.

7. For 45° and 60° boxes, hard stops must be provided at both fully closed and fully open damper positions. By installing the VMA at the fully open position, the VMA provides the open stop for 45° and 60° boxes. The closed damper seal provides the fully closed stop.

8. Tighten the square coupler bolt to the shaft using an 8 mm (5/16 in.) wrench or 10 mm (3/8 in.) 12-point socket. Tighten to 17 to 21 N·m (150 to 180 lb·in [14 lb·ft]).

9. Loop the pneumatic tubing to include a trap for condensation. Attach the tubing from the VMA to the VAV box pickup. The HIGH (red) tubing is connected to the inlet or high-pressure side and the clear tubing to the low side (see Figure 115).

10. Push the manual release button, and turn the actuator coupling manually to ensure that the actuator can rotate from full closed to full open positions without binding.

11. Complete the mounting by rotating the damper to the full open position.

Common VMA Configuration Details

Use the following information links to configure all Smoke Control VMA models.







Commissioning the VMA

Commission all Smoke Control VMA models through the NAE passthrough and FC communication bus and the Controller Configuration Tool (CCT) software.

!CAUTION: Risk of Property Damage.Rotate the damper to full open position before starting the air handler. Failure to rotate the damper to the full-open position may result in damage to the Variable Air Volume (VAV) box or ductwork when the air handler is started.


WiringFor more information on the rules of the MS/TP Communications Bus, refer to the MS/TP Field Bus section in this document.

To wire the VMA:


2. Wire network sensors and other devices to the SA Bus or Sensor socket.

3. Wire the FC Bus in a daisy chain.

4. Ensure the device address DIP switches are set to the appropriate hardware address (4-127).


5. Connect power to the VMA.

Figure 115: VMA1610/1620 Wiring

TAG

DE

SCR

IPTI

ON

CA

BLE

TY

PE

TAG

DE

SCR

IPTI

ON

CA

BLE

TYP

EBO

DA

-TD

ISC

HAR

GE

AIR

TE

MP

ERAT

UR

E2/

22H

TG-O

HEA

TIN

G O

UTP

UT

3/22

SF-

CSU

PPL

Y F

AN

CO

MM

AN

D2/

22

SA

BU

S D

EVI

CE

1

ZN-T

ZON

E TE

MP

ER

ATU

RE

4/22

OU

T 1

BOO

UT

2

CO

OU

T 4

CO

OU

T 5

BO

OU

T 3

UI

IN 1

FAN

-C

C24V

NC C NO

1

OLs

2

CINHTG

-O

24V

GR

OU

ND

XFR

277

VAC

12

DA

-TPneu

mat

ic T

ubin

g

RTD

NI C

OM -

PW

R

+

MS/

TP

FRO

M L

AST

DEV

ICE

TO N

EXT

DEV

ICE

MS

/TP

ZN-T

WC

-AD

J

Dis

char

ge A

ir Fr

omA

ir H

andl

ing

Uni

t

Ret

urn

Air

from

Roo

m

N C

DA

-VP

VMA

ZN-T

WC

-AD

JD

A-T

HC

HTG

-OR

ETU

RN

SUPP

LY

FAN

-C

CLE

AR=L

OW

RED

=HIG

H

35 IN

-LB

(4N

m) 6

0 SE

CON

DSA

LL F

IELD

TER

MIN

ALS

ARE

PO

WER

LIM

ITED

OUT

1

OC

OM

1

OUT

2

OC

OM

2

OUT

3

OC

OM

3

BINARY

OU

T 4

OCO

M 4

OU

T 5

OCO

M 5

CONFIGURABLE 24

ADDRESS 0=OFF

UNIVERSAL

+15

IN ICO

M SENSOR SA BUS FC BUS

SA PWR

COM – + SHLD

COM – +FC EO

L

vma1620_wiring


Table 44: VMA Wiring List (Part 1 of 2)Terminal Block

Terminal Labels

Function and Electrical Ratings/Requirements Wiring Requirements


A3,5


Analog Input, Resistive ModeAccepts 0-600k ohm input signalInternal 12 V, 15k ohm PullupRTD (1k Nickel [Johnson Controls], 1k Platinum, A99BSilicon Temperature Sensor)Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) Sensor (10k Type L, 2.252k Type 2)

Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode1 s minimum pulse width (0.5 Hz at 50% duty cycle)Internal 12 V, 15k Ohm Pullup


Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 116: MS-VMA1610-0U I/O MOV Placement

Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +15V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input ICOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OUT3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundBinary Output OCOM3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OUT5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundConfigurable Output OCOM5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 117: MS-VMA1620-0U I/O MOV Placement


Binary OUT OUT n Sources 24~ Power (Hot) C3,5

OCOM n Binary Output, 24 VAC TriacConnects OCOM to 24~ Power (Com) when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

Configurable OUT

OUT n Analog Output, Voltage ModeSources 0-10 VDCExternal 1k ohm minimum load required10 VDC maximum output voltage10 mA maximum output current

A3,5

Binary Output, 24 VAC Triac ModeConnects OUT to OCOM when activated30 VAC maximum output voltage0.5 A maximum output current40 mA minimum load current

C3,5


Same as OUT5

Sensor1,2 Sensor Provides SA Bus communication networkRJ-12 6-position modular connector

30.5 m (100 ft) maximum length phone cord

SA Bus1,2,4 +-COM



FC Bus2,4 +-COM





1. The SA Bus and the Sensor Port are daisy-chained internally.2. The SA Bus and FC Bus specifications in this table are for MS/TP bus communications at 38.4k. For more information,

refer to the MS/TP Field Bus section in this document.3. See MS/TP Bus Cable Recommendations on page 111 for wire length specifications.4. Requires a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protector kit for all MS/TP communication terminal connections. See


5. Requires SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 transient protectors for all MS/TP I/O terminal connections.

See MOV Requirements for MS/TP I/O Terminals on page 94 for wiring details.

Table 44: VMA Wiring List (Part 2 of 2)Terminal Block

Terminal Labels

Function and Electrical Ratings/Requirements Wiring Requirements


VMA Wire Gauge and Length Guidelines

Use Table 45 for all VMA wiring.

Troubleshooting

Use Table 46 to troubleshoot the VMA controllers.

Table 45: VMA Wire Gauge and Length GuidelinesGuideline Cable

Size (AWG)

Maximum Length (Ft)

Assumptions


20 975

22 600

24 350


20 450

22 300

24 200

C 40 mA Load

18 400

20 250

22 150

24 100

500 mA Load

18 75

20 50

22 30

24 20

Table 46: Status Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs)Name Color Normal DescriptionsPower Green On Steady Off Steady = No Power

On Steady = Power is supplied by Primary Voltage.

Fault Red Off Steady Blink - 2 Hz = Download or Startup in progress, not ready for normal operationOff Steady = No FaultsOn Steady = Device Fault or no application loaded

FC Bus Green Blink - 2 Hz Blink - 2 Hz = Data Transmission (normal communication)Off Steady = No Data Transmission (auto baud in progress)On Steady = Communication lost, waiting to join communication ring

SA Bus Green Blink - 2 Hz Blink - 2 Hz = Data Transmission (normal communication)Off Steady = No Data Transmission (N/A - auto baud not supported)On Steady = Communication lost, waiting to join communication ring

18 AWG (1.5 mm )2

20 AWG (0.8 mm )2

22 AWG (0.6 mm )2

24 AWG (N/A)

450 500400350300250200150100500

Load Current (mA)

0 ft (0 m)

50 ft (15.2 m)

100 ft (30.5 m)

150 ft (45.7 m)

200 ft (61 m)

250 ft (76.2 m)

300 ft (91.4 m)

350 ft (106.7 m)

400 ft (121.9 m)

450 ft (137.2 m)

Length



SpecificationsTable 47: VMA16x0-0U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationProduct Code Number MS-VMA1610-0U Cooling Only

MS-VMA1620-0U Cooling with Reheat

Supply Voltage 24 VAC @ 60 Hz

Power Consumption 10 VA maximum; Power delivered to devices connected to the binary outputs (for example, valves, relays, and so on) is not included in this rating.


0 to 49°C (32 to 120°F) 10 to 93% RH noncondensing

Terminations 6.3 mm (1/4 in.) spade lugs except communications and 24 VAC power, which are screw terminals

Controller Addressing DIP switch set (4-127). Addresses 0 - 3, 128 - 255 are reserved.

Communications Bus • BACnet MS/TP; 3-wire Field Controller Bus (FC Bus) between the Network Automation Engine (NAE) and other devices.

• 4-wire Sensor-Actuator Bus (SA Bus) between network sensors and other devices.

Mounting Mounts to damper shaft using single set screw and to duct with single mounting screw.

Actuator Rating 4 N·m (35 lb·in) minimum shaft length = 44 mm (1-3/4 in.)

Standards Compliance UL Listed and CSA CertifiedUL 916 Energy Management Listing, CSA C22.2 No. 205, CFR47FCC Part 15 Class ACE Mark and C-Tick DirectiveCE Directive 89/336/EEC (EN50081-1 Class B, EN50082-2)

Dimensions Width: 182 mm (7-3/16 in.)Length: 182 mm (7-3/16 in.)Height: 64 mm (2-1/2 in.)Center of Output Hub to Center of Anti-rotation Slot: 160 mm (6-5/16 in.)

Weight 0.86 kg (1.9 lb) 0.86 kg (1.9 lb)


UL Label PlacementUL Listing labels must be positioned as shown Figure 118.

Figure 118: UL Label Placement for the MS-VMA1610-0U and MS-VMA1620-0U


MS/TP SA Bus Network SensorsThe MS/TP NS Series Network Sensors are SA Bus electronic zone sensors designed to function directly with Metasys® system BACnet® protocol FECs, IOMs, and the VMA 1600. They are available in either temperature only or temperature and humidity models.

Selection Charts Network Sensor Ordering Information — Temperature and Humidity ModelsProduct Code Number

Size (mm), Height x Width

Vertical Wallbox-Mounted (WB), or Surface-Mounted (SM)

LCD Display

Humidity Temperature Adjustment: Setpoint (Set), or Warmer/Cooler Dial (W/C)

Occupancy Override

F/C Scale Toggle

Screw Terminals (ST), or Modular Jack (MJ)

NS-APA7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes MJNS-APA7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes STNS-APB7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes MJNS-APB7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes STNS-BPB7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes MJNS-BPB7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes STNS-AHA7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes MJNS-AHA7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes STNS-AHB7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes MJNS-AHB7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes STNS-BHB7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes MJNS-BHB7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes ST

Network Sensor Ordering Information — Temperature Only ModelsProduct Code Number



LCD Display

Temperature Adjustment: Setpoint (Set), or Warmer/Cooler Dial (W/C)

Occupancy Override

F/C Scale Toggle

Fan Control


Address Switches

VAV Balancing Feature

NS-ATA7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes MJNS-ATA7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes STNS-ATB7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJNS-ATB7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes STNS-ATC7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJNS-ATC7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes STNS-ATD7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes Yes MJNS-ATD7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes Yes STNS-ATN7001-0 80 x 80 SM MJNS-ATN7003-0 80 x 80 SM ST YesNS-ATP7001-0 80 x 80 SM W/C Yes MJNS-ATP7002-0 80 x 80 SM W/C Yes STNS-ATV7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 MJ YesNS-ATV7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1

1. In the VAV Balancing models, the Fan Control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the VAV Balancing Process.

ST YesNS-BTB7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJNS-BTB7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes STNS-BTN7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM MJNS-BTN7003-0 120 x 80 WB, SM ST YesNS-BTP7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM W/C Yes MJNS-BTP7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM W/C Yes STNS-BTV7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 MJ YesNS-BTV7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 ST Yes


Specifications NS Series Network Sensor

Sensor Type With Setpoint Adjustment Without Setpoint AdjustmentSupply Voltage 9.8 to 16.5 VDC; 15 VDC NominalCurrent Consumption 25 mA Maximum (Non-Transmitting) 13 mA Maximum (Non-Transmitting)Terminations Modular Jack or Screw Terminal BlockSensor Addressing on the SA Bus

NS-xTN7003-0 Model

NA DIP Switch Set (200 to 203)

All Other Models Fixed Address of 199 Fixed Address of 199Wire Size Modular Jack

Models26 AWG (0.4 mm Diameter) Recommended; Three Twisted Pair (6 conductors)

Screw Terminal Block Models

18 to 22 AWG (1.0 to 0.6 mm Diameter); 22 AWG (0.6 mm Diameter) Recommended

Communication Rate Auto-Detect: 9600, 19.2k, 38.4k, or 76.8k bpsMounting Surface-Mounted (80 x 80)

Surface-Mounted or Vertical Wallbox-Mounted (120 x 80)Temperature Measurement Range 0.0°C/ 32.0°F to 40.0°C/104.0°FSensor Type Local Platinum Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD)Resolution ±0.5C°/±0.5F° NASensor Accuracy ±0.6C°/±1.0F°Time Constant 10 Minutes Nominal at 10 fpm AirflowDefault Setpoint Adjustment Range 10.0°C/50.0°F to 30.0°C/86.0°F in 0.5° Increments ±3.0C°/±5.0F°Ambient Conditions Operating 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F); 10 to 95% RH, Noncondensing; 29°C (85°F) Maximum Dew Point

Storage -20 to 60°C (-4 to 140°F); 5 to 95% RH, Noncondensing -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F); 5 to 95% RH, NoncondensingCompliance United States UL Listed, File E107041, CCN PAZX, Under UL 916, Energy Management Equipment

FCC Compliant to CFR 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class ACanada UL Listed, File E107041, CCN PAZX7, Under CSA C22.2 No. 205, Signal Equipment

Industry Canada, ICES-003European Union CE Mark, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

EN61000-6-3 (2001) Generic Emission Standard for Residential and Light IndustryEN61000-6-2 (2001) Generic Immunity Standard for Heavy Industrial Environment

Australia and New Zealand


Shipping Weight 0.09 kg (0.20 lb) for NS-Axx7xxx-00.11 kg (0.25 lb) for NS-Bxx7xxx-0


LONWORKS® Field Bus

Network TopologiesThe physical routing of the communication channel defines the network topology. The channel and transceiver types define the requirements and limitations of each wiring topology.

Some network segments such as the TP/FT-10 and TP/XF-1250 require termination for proper data transmission performance. Free topology and bus network topology differ in their termination requirements. The following sections describe the Bus topology, its terminator type, and termination procedures.

Bus TopologyA bus topology is a physical routing of the communication channel that includes a distinct beginning and end, each requiring termination. This type is also known as a daisy-chain topology. Figure 119 shows examples of various Bus topology configurations for Smoke Control systems.

Figure 119: Bus Topology


Devices per Segment

LONWORKS Network Bus Topology Termination NXM-TERM-FTT-U

Table 48: Maximum Number of Devices per LONWORKS Network Segment Device Type Maximum AllowedFTT-10 Nodes Only 64 (if repeaters are not used)

FTT-10 Nodes Only 128 (if repeaters are used)

Mixed FTT-10 and LPT-10 Nodes1

1. Each LPT10 channel segment (between repeaters) requires its own power supply. Other factors such as power consumption of individual LPT10 devices may limit a segment to fewer devices.

([FTT10 x 2] + LPT10) < 128

Terminators:Bus Topology 2 bus type EOL terminators required (NXM-TERM-FTT)

Physical Layer Repeaters Maximum of 1 per segment

Table 49: LONWORKS Network TerminationTermination Requirements Johnson Controls Part No.

R1 = 105 Ohm, 1%, 1/8WC1 = 100µF, = 50VC2 = 100µF, = 50V

NXM-TERM-FTT-U (FTT10 Bus topology)

Table 50: Guidelines for LONWORKS Network Bus TopologyCable Type Maximum Segment Length with

FTT10 Devices Only1

1. For the bus topology, the maximum length stub cable is 3 m (10 ft), and the stub lengths must be calculated into the overall segment length.

Maximum Segment Length with FTT10 and/or LPT10 Devices1

Belden® 85102 2700 m (8,850 ft) 2200 m (7,200 ft)

Belden 8471 2700 m (8,850 ft) 2200 m (7,200 ft)

Level IV 22 AWG 1400 m (4,600 ft) 1150 m (3,770 ft)

JY (St.) Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 900 m (2,950 ft) 750 m (2,460 ft)

Figure 120: NXM-TERM-FTT-U


SMK-MOVKIT-LON Transient ProtectionThe LON Communication line must have a SMK-MOVKIT-LON MOV kit installed when the conduit run between the enclosures does not remain in the same room.

Installation RequirementsWhen installing the transient protectors (MOV kits) care must be taken when installing a protector close to other protectors. Use the information below to install the MOV kit:

• Before installing the protective device in the terminal block, twist it together with the field lead and insert it into the terminal block as one wire.


• When more than two wires are to be placed under a single terminal screw, the wires must be soldered together with a single #18 AWG wire 6 inches in length having a minimum insulation thickness of 1/64 inch. The exposed terminal must be stripped and then tinned or crimped with a suitable lug that will fit securely under the terminal screw.


Figure 121 shows wire runs to LON equipment in cabinets in various rooms and the correct use of the SMK-MOVKIT-LON to protect the LON devices from transients.

Figure 121: SMK-MOVKIT-LON Communication Wiring


SMK-MOVKIT-LON Requirements for LON Communication Bus Transient ProtectionFigure 122 shows a SMK-MOVKIT-LON and its wiring when the communication wiring leaves the same room and the LON Bus communication wiring terminates at the LON communication terminal block.

Figure 122: SMK-MOVKIT-LON LON Communication Wiring Terminations


Figure 123 shows the SMK-MOVKIT-LON wiring when the communication wiring leaves the same room and the LON Bus communication wires do not terminate at the LON terminal block.

Figure 123: SMK-MOVKIT-LON Wiring Terminations - Multiple LON Wires


SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals

With the exception of the LN-VAVC-0 and LN-VAVCF-0 LON controllers, all other LON controller input terminals and output terminals must have an MOV from a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 placed between earth ground and each Power terminal, I/O Common terminal, and I/O terminal (Figure 124).

The LON field device’s I/O lines must have a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 MOV kit installed when the conduit run between the enclosures and a LON I/O field device does not remain in the same room.

Note: The SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 kit contains 10 MOVs.

SMK-MOVKIT-LON Transient Protection for LN-VAVC-0 and LN-VAVCF-0 LON Controllers

All LN-VAVC-0 and LN-VAVCF-0 controllers requires a combination of SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP transient protectors to protect all input and output terminals as shown in Figure 124.

Installation Requirements

Care must be taken when installing transient protectors (MOV kits) in close proximiy to other protectors. Use the information below to install the MOV kit.

• Before installing the MOV kit to the LON I/O terminal block, twist it together with the field lead and insert it in the terminal block as one wire.


When more that two wires are to be placed under a single terminal screw, the wires must be soldered together with a single 6 inch length of 18 AWG wire having a minimum insulation thickness of 1/64 inch. The exposed solder connection must be covered with a UL recgonized component heat shrink. The single wire end that will be inserted into the terminal must be stripped and then tinned or crimped with a suitable lug that fits securely under the terminal screw. The single wire end that will be attached to earth ground must be stripped and crimped with a suitable lug that will fit securely under the grounding screw.


The left and upper right diagrams in Figure 124 show the LON controller I/O terminal block SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections. In the bottom right diagram in Figure 124, notice that the LN-VAVC-0U and LN-VAVCF-0U both require a SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP. Even though this is a LON device, it requires the SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP.

Figure 124: SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 LON I/O Wiring and MOV Terminations


LN Series Programmable VAV ControllersThe VAV Application Free Programmable Controller operates as a stand-alone unit or as part of a network system. It features 4 configurable universal inputs, 1 pressure differential input, 3 triac outputs (digital or PWM), 1 analog output (0-10 Volt PWM or digital 0-12 Volt), 1 floating motor control output, a flow sensor, 3 different flow sensor calibration settings (automatic with duct area or K factor, nominal flow, two-point calibration) and an actuator.

Connectors for the inputs, outputs, power, and network wires are found on the right side of the unit. The connectors are labeled and easily accessible.

IMPORTANT: The standard 3-terminal LON communication connector is replaced by a special UL Listed terminal block which allows for two-wires to be placed under a single terminal. Do not use any other terminal block to connect the LON communication trunk or you will void the UL Listing.

Figure 125: LN-VAVC-0

Figure 126: LN-VAVCF-0


Selecting Differential Pressure ScalesThree differential pressure scales are available and are selected using the pressure scale jumpers. See Figure 127 for the jumper location and Figure 128 for the correct setting.

Figure 127: Component Layout

0 1

Mechanical Stops

Connectors

Connectors

Low PressureSensor Input

Hole for Damper Shaft

MountingKit

Distech Controls

Pressure ScaleSelection Jumper

High PressureSensor Input

Figure 128: Differential Pressure Scale Settings

Range A Range B Range C

0 - 0.5H2O

0 - 125Pa

0 - 1H2O

0 - 250Pa

0 - 2H2O

0 - 500Pa

Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input I4+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input 13+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input I2+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input I1+ 1 lead (+) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundAnalog Output C 1 lead (-) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundAnalog Output A01 1 lead (Ref) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundDigital Triac Output C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 129: LN-VAVC-0U I/O MOV Placement


Wiring

Power Wiring

Figure 130: LN-VAVCF-0U I/O MOV Placement

Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input MOTOR FEEDBACK 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input 13+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input I2+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input I1+ 1 lead (+) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundAnalog Output C 1 lead (-) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundAnalog Output A01 1 lead (Ref) of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP installed between Terminal and Common Earth GroundDigital Triac Output C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output C 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundDigital Triac Output DO1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 131: Power Connection


Wiring the Inputs (I1, I2, I3)

By default, the VAV controllers are shipped with every input configured as a 10 k Ohm thermistor, or digital, input.To change the input type, remove the cover and move the jumpers as shown from Figure 132 to Figure 137. Figure 137 shows an internally sourced 4 to 20 mA input. The power supply is internal to the sensor and is not on the board.

Note: See SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals on page 175 for details on required SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections.

Figure 132: Selecting Analog 10 k Ohm or Digital Inputs

Figure 133: Potentiometer Input

Figure 134: 10 k Ohm or Digital Inputs


Figure 135: 0 to 5 VDC Analog Inputs

Figure 136: Externally Sourced 4 to 20 mA Inputs

Figure 137: Internally Sourced 4 to 20 mA Input


Wiring Powered Digital Outputs (DO1, DO2, DO3)

At time of shipping, all digital outputs are configured as unpowered output types.

The digital outputs can be configured as one of the two types described below:

The unpowered output type does not have any voltage on the output terminals when the output is active.

Voltage and current are supplied from outside the board.

The powered output type has 24 VAC on the output terminals when the output is active. Voltage and current are supplied from the board.

Maximum current for all digital outputs whether powered or unpowered is 1 Ampere.

DO1 and DO2 are controlled by a single jumper and so, must be set identically. The DO3 output has its own jumper and can be set independently of the other two outputs.

All digital outputs are controlled by triacs. As a result, measurements across outputs with a digital voltmeter may be misleading.

Note: See SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals on page 175 for details on required SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections

Wiring Powered Digital Outputs

Powered digital outputs switch 24 VAC from the supply transformer.


Set the output type selection jumpers as shown in Figure 138.

Wire the powered output terminal as shown in Figure 139.

Figure 138: Jumper Position for Powered Output Types



Wiring Unpowered Outputs

Set the output type selection jumpers as shown in Figure 140.

Wire the unpowered digital output terminal as shown in Figure 141. See SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals on page 175 for details on required SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections.

Figure 139: Powered Outputs

Figure 140: Unpowered Outputs

Figure 141: Unpowered Digital Outputs


Wiring Analog Outputs

When configured as digital type, the analog outputs can provide 60 mA of current for relay, or solid state relay, operation. Table 51 describes the Analog Output characteristics.

Note: See SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 and SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP Transient Protection Requirements for LON I/O Terminals on page 175 for details on required SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 connections

Table 51: Analog Output CharacteristicsAnalog Output CharacteristicVoltage 0 to 10 VDC when configured as an analog output

0 to 12 VDC when configured as a digital output

Maximum Current 60 mA @ 12 VDC when configured as digital (200 Ohm load)50 mA @ 10 VDC when configured as analog

Figure 142: Analog Output

Figure 143: Analog to Digital Output Using a Relay


SpecificationsTable 52: LN-VAVC-0U and LN-VAVCF-0U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationProduct(s) LN-VAVC-0U

LN-VAVCF-0U

Power Requirements Voltage: 24 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.2 Amp Maximum

Environmental Operating Temperature: 0°C to 49°C, 32°F to 120°FRelative Humidity: 0 to 93% Noncondensing

General Processor: Neuron® 3150®; 8 bits, 10 MHzMemory: Non-volatile Flash 64 K (APB application and configuration properties)Communication: LonTalk® ProtocolMedia Channel: TP/FT-10; 78 kbpsTransceiver: Echelon® Free Topology Transceiver (FTT-10)Battery (for clock only): Real-time Clock ChipEnclosure: Material: PVC, flammable class VO Dimension: 4.88 x 8.9 x 2.48 inches (124 x 226 x 63 mm) Weight: 1.84 lbs (0.835 kg)Safety: CSA and UL Listed

Damper Motor Motor: LM24-MusTorque: 35 in·lb, 4N·mAngle of Rotation: 95° adjustableFits shaft diameter: 8.5 mm to 18.2 mm; 5/16’’ to 3/4‘’Power Supply from Controller

Inputs Number: 4 UniversalDigital: Dry ContactVoltage: 0-10 VC, Accuracy ±0.5%Current: 4-20 mA with 500 K Ohms external resistor, Accuracy: ±0.5%Resistor: Thermistor Type 2 10 K ohms Accuracy: ±0.5°C; ±0.9°F\ Resolution: 0.1°C; 0.18°F Range: -40°C to 150°C; -40°F to 302°F Potentiometer 10 K ohms Linear 2-point setpoint adjustment Min/Max linear configuration Configurable on several pointsInput Resolution: 12 bits analog/digital converter1 Differential pressure: Range 125-250-500 Pa (0.5-1-2’’ H20), Accuracy ±3% full scale

Outputs Number: 43 Digital: Triac 24 VAC ±15%, 50/60 Hz, maximum charge 1.0 A, internal or external supply1 Tri-mode Analog: 0-10 VDC (linear), PWM or digital 0-12 VDC 60 mA maximum @ 12 VDC (60°C ; 140°F) Maximum load 200 ohms Auto reset fuse: 60 mA @ 60°C; 140°F, 100 mA @ 20°C ; 68°F Analog Output Resolution: 8 bits digital/analog converter



Figure 144: UL Label Placement for the LN-VAVC-0U and LN-VAVCF-0U


NXP-FSC-01U ControllerThe NXP-FSC-01U is a LONWORKS network Flexible System Controller. The NXP-FSC-01U, with its NXP-CPU-01U 386 CPU board, works in conjunction with all LNS-based LONWORKS network devices on an FTT-10 LONWORKS network.The NXP-FSC-01U supports 32 hardwired I/O points via any combination of three different I/O boards. These I/O boards are discussed in the following sections.

The NXP-CPU-01U CPU board is a computer and is the decision making component of the NXP-FSC-01U. The NXP-CPU-01U CPU does not have the ability to gather information, therefore I/O modules are used to gather information from the field. In turn, decisions the NXP-FSC-01U makes are communicated to the I/O modules through the communication interface bus on the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board.

On the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board, the decisions are made by the 386EX microcontroller and are passed on to the Neuron. The Neuron contains the MIP (Microprocessor Interface Program) that allows the information from the microcontroller to be passed on to other devices via the network. This transfer of information is done through the LONWORKS Network.

Figure 145: NXP-FSC-01U Controller


NXP-CPU-01U CPU Board

See Figure 147 for the 24 VAC power connection to the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board.

Figure 146: NXP-CPU-01U CPU Board


Connecting 24 VAC Power to the NXP-CPU-01U CPU BoardTo connect power to the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board (Figure 147):

1. Wire 24 VAC Hot to the Hot terminal of the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board.

2. Connect 24 VAC Neutral to the Neutral terminal of the NXP-CPU-01U CPU board.

Figure 147: 24 VAC to NXP-CPU-01U CPU Board Connections


Connecting I/O Boards to the NXP-CPU-386-01U CPU BoardThe I/O modules are connected to the NXP-CPU-01U board through a polarized ribbon cable. The NXP-CPU-01U board supports a total of 4 I/O modules. Four I/O modules can be connected through the EXPANSION A port on the NXP-CPU-01U board.

Note: Do not connect any I/O modules to EXPANSION B.

The I/O modules can be placed in any order. The first I/O module is connected directly to the NXP-CPU-01U through a 6 ft. or 3 ft. polarized ribbon cable. The remaining I/O modules are connected via a short polarized ribbon cable. The last I/O board on EXPANSION A (4 maximum) contains no ribbon cable connection on the connector labeled EXPANSION.

To connect the NXP-CPU-01U to any of the NXP-FSC-01U’s I/O modules:

1. Connect one end of the polarized ribbon cable to the connector labeled EXPANSION A on the NXP-CPU-01U board.

2. Connect the other end of the polarized ribbon cable to the connector labeled CONTROLLER on the first I/O module.

If there are more I/O modules to connect:

3. Connect one end of the short polarized ribbon cable to the connector labeled EXPANSION on theI/O module.

4. Connect the other end of the short polarized ribbon cable to the connector labeled CONTROLLER on the next I/O module.

Note: The last I/O module contains no ribbon cable on the connector labeled EXPANSION.

If I/O modules are snap-track mounted you must ground each I/O board to chassis ground using spade lug J1 or J2, depending on the I/O module.


NXP-CPU-386-01U CPU Board to I/O Board Ribbon Cable PinoutsFigure 148 shows the pinouts for the straight-through 20-pin ribbon cable that connects the NXP-CPU-386-01U’s Expansion A port (J1) to the first FSC I/O board’s Controller port (JP3). These pinouts are also the same for the short straight-through ribbon cable, included with each I/O board, that connects each I/O board’s Expansion port (JP1) to the next I/O board’s Controller port (JP3).

Even though the physical ribbon cable is a straight-through cable, the module select lines are internally shifted to determine the physical order of each installed I/O board.

Figure 148: I/O Board Ribbon Cable Pinouts and Logic


Figure 149: I/O Board to NXP-CPU-01U Board Connections


I/O Board AddressingFor addressing purposes, the first board connected to the NXP-FSC-01U’s NXP-CPU-01U CPU board’s EXPANSION A port is board 1. The first point on each I/O board is point 1.

Note: Do not connect any I/O boards to the EXPANSION B port.

For example, in Figure 150, the 8 DO module is the first board connected to EXPANSION A so it is Board 1. The first point on that board is Point 1. Board 3 is also an 8 DO module and its last two digital output points are shown. Their addresses are Board 3, Point 7 and Board 3, Point 8.

Figure 150: I/O Board Addressing


TroubleshootingTable 53: FSC-01U TroubleshootingSymptom Possible Cause SolutionNo LEDs No AC Power Check LED 1 on NXP-CPU-01U CPU board. If

LED 1 is ON, use a volt meter across P1 to check for 24 VAC coming from the transformer.

Loss of Communications or Panel Down

1. LON disconnected

2. Unterminated network

1. Check LON connection on J3.2. Check for terminating resistors on the LON

connection (location of the resistors depends on the topology being used.

3. If LED 7 is flashing, the CPU is running. If LED 7 in not flashing, see below.

No Statuses from I/O Modules

1. Ribbon cable from NXP-CPU-01U to I/O modules is not connected properly.

2. I/O board are not connected in the order in which they were setup in the LON configuration tool.

1. Check the silk screen on the 8UI module to ensure that the jumper setting matches the field device.

2. See NXP-8UI-01U (8 UI Board) on page 197 to ensure the correct wiring for the field device.

Erratic Communications Multiple Nodes with the Same Address

Verify node assignment for each panel in the network.

Service Pin Not Detected at LON Configuration Tool

1. LON Disconnected2. Unterminated

1. Check LON connection on JP9.2. Check for terminating resistors on the LON

connection (location of the resistors depends on the topology being used)

LED 5 On Local Trouble - The LED is On when an I/O module is in Trouble. It will flash, if an I/O point is in Trouble.

Check the ribbon cable connection from the 386 CPU to the I/O modules.

LED 6 On Remote Trouble - The LED is ON when a remote module is in Trouble. It will flash, if a remote point is in Trouble.

Check all remote panels.

LED 7 Not Flashing Panel is locked up. Press the reset button and make sure the panel comes up. If the panel does not come up, then insert JP5 and press the Reset button. This will delete the panels’s data. When the panel comes up remove JP5. Reconfigure the node and update the CPL to the panel from the LON Configuration Tool.


SpecificationsTable 54: NXP-FSC-01U Technical SpecificationsCategory SpecificationPower Requirements Voltage: 24 VAC, 60 Hz

Typical Consumption: 5 VAMaximum Consumption: 10 VA Protection: 5 Ampere removable fuse

Environmental Operating Temperature: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) Relative Humidity: 0 to 93% Non condensing

General Processor: Neuron® 3150®; 8 bits, 10 MHzMemory: Non-volatile Flash 64 K (APB application and configuration properties)Communication: LonTalk® ProtocolMedia Channel: TP/FT-10; 78 kbpsTransceiver: Echelon® Free Topology Transceiver (FTT-10)Battery (for clock only): Real-time Clock ChipEnclosure: Material: PVC, flammable class VO Dimension: 4.88 x 8.9 x 2.48 inches (124 x 226 x 63 mm) Weight: 1.84 lbs (0.835 kg)Safety: CSA and UL Listed



Figure 151: UL Label Placement for the NXP-FSC-01U


NXP-FSC-01U I/O ModulesNXP-FSC-01U I/O modules communicate with the NXP-FSC-01U’s 386 CPU board regarding field information. A total of 4 I/O modules can be connected to the NXP-FSC-01U. A ribbon cable connects the 386 CPU board to the first I/O module to and to other I/O modules. The NXP-FSC-01U currently supports the use of 8 UI (Universal Input) modules, 4 DO (Digital Output) /4 AO (Analog Output) modules, and 8 DO (Digital Output) modules.

NXP-8UI-01U (8 UI Board)The 8 UI I/O module is a 4” x 6” circuit board that provides 8 universal inputs individually configurable for thermistors, dry contacts, pulsed inputs 4-20 mA transducers, 0-10V transmitters, or 0-5V transmitters. It is an optional I/O module for the NXP-FSC-01U.

Wiring

Power

Power (+24 VDC) is supplied to the 8 DO module through the 386 CPU. This is provided through a ribbon cable and is located at the I/O module connector JP2.

Spade Lug Connection

The 8 UI module has one spade lug (J2) that is used to ground the module to chassis ground.

If the 8 UI module is snap-track mounted it must be grounded to chassis ground by using the spade lug on J2. Use a short length of heavy gauge wire to attach to a suitable chassis ground. Backplane mounted 8 UI modules do not require this connection.

Figure 152: 8 UI Board


Universal Input Configuration

The 8 UI module allows a user to connect 8 various types of transducers and transmitters with varying voltages to the I/O module. The Universal Inputs are jumper selectable to allow for the following inputs: thermistors, dry contacts, pulsed inputs, 4-20mA transducers, 0-10V transmitters, or 0-5V transmitters. Figure 154 shows the Universal Input configuration.


Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionUniversal Input +24V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN1 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input GND 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN2 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN3 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input GND 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN4 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN5 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input GND 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN6 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN7 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input GND 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input IN8 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundUniversal Input +24V 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 153: NXP-8UI-01U I/O MOV Placement

Figure 154: Universal Input Configuration


Universal Input Labeling

The Universal Inputs are labeled IN1 to IN8.

The Universal Inputs are labeled IN1-IN8 and are located on terminal blocks JP14 and JP15 on the 8 UI module. The jumpers for the Universal Inputs are labeled JP6-JP13. Table 55 lists the Universal Input number with its corresponding jumper block number:

Universal Input Jumper Blocks

The Universal Inputs are jumper selectable to allow for thermistors, dry contacts, pulsed inputs (the dry contact jumper is used) 4-20mA transducers, 0-10V transmitters, or 0-5V transmitters. Figure 155 is an example of one of the jumper blocks for the Universal Inputs.

Table 55: 8 UI Universal Inputs and Corresponding Jumper NumbersJumper Block Number Universal Input NumberJP6 IN8

JP7 IN7

JP8 IN6

JP9 IN5

JP10 IN4

JP11 IN3

JP12 IN2

JP13 IN1

Figure 155: 8 UI Jumpers for Input Selection


Thermistor Wiring

To wire a thermistor to the 8 UI module:

1. Select the correct jumper setting for a thermistor (TH).

2. Connect one lead of the thermistor to an input terminal (IN1-IN8 on terminal block JP14 or JP15).

3. Connect the other lead to one of the GND terminals.

4. Ground the shield to chassis ground at ONE point. (It is recommended to ground at the controller.)

Note: Only a 10K Type II (CP Curve) thermistor may be used.

Since jumper block JP9 is used, you must use Universal Input 5. See Table 55.

Figure 156: 8 UI Thermistor Wiring


Dry Contact or Pulsed Input Wiring

To wire a thermistor to the 8 UI module:

1. Select the correct jumper setting for a thermistor (TH).

2. Connect one lead of the thermistor to an input terminal (IN1-IN8 on terminal block JP14 or JP15).

3. Connect the other lead to one of the GND terminals.

4. Ground the shield to chassis ground at ONE point. (It is recommended to ground at the controller.)

Note: Only a 10K Type II (CP Curve) thermistor may be used.

Note: Since jumper block JP9 is used, you must use Universal Input 5. See Table 55.


Figure 157: 8 UI Wiring for Dry Contacts


4-20 Milliamp Transducer Wiring

There are 3 scenarios for wiring 4-20mA transducers to the 8 UI module. These wiring connections are shown in the next three wiring examples.


Internal Loop Powered, 2-Wire 4-20mA Transducer

To wire an internal loop powered, 2-wire 4-20mA transducer to the 8 UI module:

1. Select the correct jumper setting for a 4-20mA transducer.

2. Connect the Signal Out lead from the 4-20mA transducer to an input terminal (IN1-IN8 on terminal block JP14 or JP15).

3. Connect the positive lead of the 4-20 milliampere transducer to the 24VDC terminal (+24V on terminal block JP14 or JP15).

Note: Since jumper block JP6 is used, you must use Universal Input 8. SeeTable 55

Figure 158: 8 UI 4-20 Milliamp Transducer Wiring


External Loop Powered, 2-Wire 4-20mA Transducer


To wire an external loop powered, 2-wire 4-20 mA transducer to the 8 UI module:



3. Connect the positive lead of the 4-20mA transducer to the positive terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

4. Connect the negative terminal of the UL® Listed External Power supply to one of the GND terminals on terminal block JP14 or JP15.


IMPORTANT: If the power supply does not have floating ground, an isolation transducer module must be used between the transducer and the controller input to prevent the possibility of ground loops!

Figure 159: 8 UI External Loop Powered, 2-Wire 4-20mA Transducer


External Loop Powered 4-20mA Transducer

To wire an externally powered 4-20 mA transducer to the 8 UI module:



3. Connect the negative lead of the 4-20mA transducer to one of the GND terminals on terminal block JP14 or JP15.

4. Connect the positive supply voltage lead of the 4-20mA transducer to the positive terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the negative supply voltage lead of the 4-20mA transducer to the negative terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.




Figure 160: 8 UI External Loop Powered 4-20mA Transducer


0-10V Transmitter Wiring

There are 2 scenarios for wiring 0-10V transmitters to the 8 UI module. These wiring connections are shown in the next two wiring examples.

Internally Powered 0-10 Volt Transmitter

To wire an internally powered 0-10 volt transmitter to the 8 UI module:

1. Select the correct jumper setting for a 0-10V transmitter.

2. Connect the Signal Out lead from the 0-10V transmitter to an input terminal (IN1-IN8 on terminal block JP14 or JP15).

3. Connect the negative lead of the transmitter to one of the GND terminals on terminal block JP14 or JP15.

4. Connect the positive lead of the 0-10V transmitter to the +24VDC terminal (+24V on terminal block JP14 or JP15).



Figure 161: 8 UI 0-10V Transmitter Wiring


Externally Powered 0-10V Transmitter

To wire an externally powered 0-10 volt transmitter to the 8 UI module:




4. Connect the positive supply voltage lead of the 0-10V transmitter to the positive terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the negative supply voltage lead of the 0-10V transmitter to the negative terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.




Figure 162: 8 UI Externally Powered 0-10V Transmitter


0-5V Transmitter Wiring

There are 2 scenarios for wiring 0-5V transmitters to the 8 UI module. These wiring connections are shown in the next two wiring examples.

Internally Powered 0-5V Transmitter

To wire an internally powered 0-5 volt transmitter to the 8 UI module:




4. Connect the positive lead of the 0-10V transmitter to the +24VDC terminal (+24V on terminal block JP14 or JP15).



Figure 163: 8 UI 0-5V Transmitter


Externally Powered 0-5V Transmitter

To wire an externally powered 0-5 volt transmitter to the 8 UI module:




4. Connect the positive supply voltage lead of the 0-5V transmitter to the positive terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the negative supply voltage lead of the 0-5V transmitter to the negative terminal on the UL® Listed External Power Supply.



IMPORTANT: If the power supply does not have a floating ground, an isolation transducer module must be used between the transducer and the controller input to prevent the possibility of ground loops!

Figure 164: 8 UI Externally Powered 0-5V Transmitter


TroubleshootingTable 56: 8 UI Module TroubleshootingSymptom Possible Cause SolutionNo LEDs No DC Power Check ribbon cable connections. If

the 8UI module is the only I/O module, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to EXPANSION A or B on the 386 CPU board and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the JP3 (labeled CONTROLLER) on the 8UI module. If there is more than one I/O module on the controller, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled EXPANSION on the I/O module, and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled CONTROLLER on the I/O module.

Loss of Communications or No Statuses from Board

1. Improper Board Orientation

2. Microcontroller Locked Up

1. Check board orientation. All I/O modules are placed in the tub with the CONTROLLER expansion connector towards the top of the tub and the EXPANSION expansion connector towards the bottom of the tub.

2. Cycle power by disabling power on the Controller expansion connector (JP3). Leave the ribbon cable disconnected for a minimum of 5 seconds.

See Specifications on page 210 for the LED table and more information.

Invalid or Incorrect Statuses on the Inputs

1. Improper Jumper Setting

2. Improper Terminal Connections

1. Check the silk screen on the 8UI module to ensure that the jumper setting matches the field device.

2. See NXP-8UI-01U (8 UI Board) on page 197 to ensure the correct wiring for the field device.


Specifications


Table 57: 8 UI Board SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower input +24VDC @ 300mA from 386 CPU board

+5VDC @ 10mA from 386 CPU board

Power Consumption <11.5W

Processor Microchip Technologies PIC16C62

Inputs (8) jumper selectable: JP6 thru JP13• 0-5 VDC• 0-10 VDC• 4-20mA• 10K Thermistor• Dry Contacts: Wetted with 5mA Totalizer pulses @ 8 samples/second

Power to inputs 24VDC is available for powering input devices at 20mA per device maximum or 160mA total maximum

Status LEDs • LED 1 = Heart Beat (Green): Indicates that the microcontroller is functioning correctly. The LED flashes ON a half second and OFF a half second.

• LED 2 = Status (Red): Indicates that the CPU board is communicating with the 8 UI module. The LED flashes ON every time a communication occurs.

• LED 4 = Power (Green): Indicates that power is being supplied through the ribbon cable and converted to +5VDC on the board.

Dimensions 4 x 6 in (101.6 x 152.4 mm)

Figure 165: UL Label Placement for the NXP-8UI-01U


NXP-8DO-01U (8 DO Board) The 8 DO I/O module is a 4” x 6” circuit board that provides 8 independently controllable relay outputs. It is an optional I/O module for the NXP-FSC-01.

Wiring

Power


HOA Switch Settings

The 8 relay outputs have fully monitored HOA (HAND/OFF/AUTO) switches to allow you to:

• activate the relay (HAND)

• allow the CPU board to control the relay (AUTO)

• deactivate the relay (OFF).

Note: With power being supplied, the HOA switches function even if the microcontroller fails. There are 8 HOA switches used for wiring the digital outputs. Table 58 shows the HOA switch settings.

Figure 166: 8 DO Board



The 8 DO module has one spade lug (J1) that is used to ground the module to chassis ground.

If the 8 DO module is snap-track mounted it must be grounded to chassis ground by using the spade lug on J1. Use a short length of heavy gauge wire to attach to a suitable chassis ground. Backplane mounted 8 DO modules do not require this connection.

Table 58: 8 DO Module HOA Switch SettingsDigital Output Number

Terminal Block Number

HOA Switch Number

DO1 JP10 S8DO2 JP9 S7DO3 JP8 S6DO4 JP7 S5DO5 JP6 S4DO6 JP5 S3DO7 JP4 S2DO8 JP3 S1

Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 1 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 2 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 3 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 4 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 5 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 6 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 7 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 8 NO None RequiredNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 167: NXP-8DO-01U I/O MOV Placement


Digital Output Wiring

Maintained relays, momentary relays and floating devices (floating actuators) are 3 types of digital outputs that can be wired to the 8 DO module. These wiring connections are shown in the three wiring examples below.

Maintained Relay Wiring

Note: The rating for this output is 24VAC at 1.0 amps.

To wire a Maintained relay to the 8 DO module:

1. Determine if the device is normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC).

2. Connect one lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the other lead from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.


4. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminal (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

Figure 168: 8 DO Maintained Relay Wiring


Momentary Relay Wiring


This example uses a GE® RR-7 Lighting Relay as the momentary relay.

To wire a Momentary relay to the 8 DO module:


2. Connect the Black wire (OFF) from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the Red wire (ON) from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

4. Connect the Blue wire (24VAC) from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminals (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

Note: The recommended pulse time is 1 second (minimum 1 second).


Figure 169: 8 DO Momentary Relay Wiring


Floating Device Wiring


To wire a Floating Actuator to the 8 DO module:


2. Connect the Increment lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the Decrement lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

4. Connect the Ground lead from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminals (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).


Figure 170: 8 DO Floating Devices Wiring


TroubleshootingTable 59: 8 DO Module TroubleshootingSymptom Possible Cause SolutionNo LEDs No DC Power Check ribbon cable connections. If the 8 DO

module is the only I/O module, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to EXPANSION A or B on the 386 CPU board and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the JP3 (labeled CONTROLLER) on the 8 DO module. If there is more than one I/O module on the controller, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled EXPANSION on the I/O module, and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled CONTROLLER on the I/O module.







Point Commands Do Not Work HOA Switch in Wrong Position Check the HOA switch position. The HOA switch must be in AUTO to be commanded from the Network tool.

Output Not Functioning in HAND mode.

Bad 8 DO Module Send 8 DO module back or use spare output point if available

Digital outputs operating backwards from field.

Wrong connection of Normal Open or Normally Closed for Field Device.

1. Check the silk screen on the 8 DO module to ensure that the jumper setting matches the field device.

2. See NXP-8DO-01U (8 DO Board) on page 211 to ensure the correct wiring for the field device.


SpecificationsTable 60: 8 DO Module SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower input +24VDC @ 300mA from 386 CPU board

+5VDC @ 10mA from 386 CPU board



Outputs (8) relay outputs: Form C, 24VAC@ 1.0A, UL Listed, HOA operation and LED indicatorRelay ON time programmable with 100 mS resolution (+/- 10%) and 1,000 seconds maximum.

Relay Output HOA Switches

S1 thru S8: Fully monitored Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) switchesHand: User controlOff: Deactivate relay outputAuto: FSC CPU board control

Status LEDs • LED 1 = Heart Beat (Green): Indicates that the microcontroller is functioning correctly. The LED flashes ON a half second and OFF a half second.

• LED 2 = Status (Red): Indicates that the CPU board is communicating with the 8 UI module. The LED flashes ON every time a communication occurs.

• LED 3 = HOA (Yellow): Indicates that one or more of the outputs is in a mode other than AUTO.

• LED 4 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 8 is ON1 • LED 5 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 7 is ON1 • LED 6 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 6 is ON1 • LED 7 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 5 is ON1 • LED 8 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output4 is ON1 • LED 9 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 3 is ON1 • LED 10 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 2 is ON1 • LED 11 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 1 is ON1 • LED 12 = Power (Green): Indicates that power is being supplied through the ribbon

cable and converted to +5VDC on the board.

DO Settings DO LocationNumber

DO Number (Setting)

JP3 DO 8 (Normally Open or Normally Closed)

JP4 DO7 (Normally Open or Normally Closed)








32 to-120 °F (0 to 49 C°) at 10% to 93% non-condensing

Dimensions 4 x 6 in (102 x 152 mm)(4) corner mounting holes 0.156 in (4.0 mm)

1. Either commanded thru the LONWORKS network configuration tool or switched to HAND mode.



Figure 171: UL Label Placement for the NXP-8DO-01U


NXP-4DO4AO-01U (4 DO/4 AO Board) The 4 DO/4 AO I/O module is a 4” x 6” circuit board that is optional I/O module for the NXP-FSC-01.

The 4 DO/4 AO module provides 4 independently controllable relay outputs and 4 analog outputs. The relay outputs have fully monitored HOA (HAND/OFF/AUTO) switches to allow the user the ability to activate the relay (HAND), allow the CPU board to control the relay (AUTO), or deactivate the relay (OFF). The analog outputs have HA (HAND/AUTO) switches to allow the user the ability to adjust the voltage of the output from 0 to 10 volts (HAND), or allow the CPU board to control the voltage of the output (AUTO).

Wiring

Power


HOA Switch Settings

The 4 relay outputs have fully monitored HOA (HAND/OFF/AUTO) switches to allow you to:

• activate the relay (HAND)

• allow the CPU board to control the relay (AUTO)

• deactivate the relay (OFF).

The analog outputs are labeled AO1(+)(-) - AO4(+)(-) on terminal blocks JP3-JP6. The digital outputs are labeled 1 NO C NC - 4 NO C NC on terminal blocks JP7-JP10.

Figure 172: 4 DO/4 AO Board


The analog outputs have corresponding HA switches. Table 61 shows the analog output, their corresponding terminal block number and HA switch number.

The digital outputs have corresponding HOA switches. Table 62 shows the digital inputs with their corresponding terminal block number and HOA switch number.


The 4 DO/4 AO module has one spade lug (J1) that is used to ground the module to chassis ground.

Note: If the 4 DO/4 AO module is snap-track mounted it must be grounded to chassis ground by using the spade lug on J1. Use a short length of heavy gauge wire to attach to a suitable chassis ground. Backplane mounted 4 DO/4 AO modules do not require this connection.

Table 61: 4 DO/4 AO Board HA Switch SettingsAnalog Output Number


HA Switch Number

1 JP6 S82 JP5 S73 JP4 S64 JP3 S5

Table 62: 4 DO/4 AO Board Digital Output HOA Switch SettingsDigital Output Number


HOA Switch Number

1 JP10 S42 JP9 S33 JP8 S24 JP7 S1

Terminal Type Terminal Connection Required MOV ProtectionRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 1 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 2 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 3 NO None RequiredRelay Output NC None RequiredRelay Output C None RequiredRelay Output 4 NO None RequiredAnalog Output AO1- 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO1+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO2- 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO2+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO3- 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO3+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO4- 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundAnalog Output AO4+ 1 piece of a SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 installed between Terminal and Earth GroundNote: the SMOKE-MOVKIT-0 contains 10 individual MOVs.

Figure 173: NXP-4DO4AO-01U I/O MOV Placement


Digital Output Wiring

Maintained relays, momentary relays and floating devices (floating actuators) are 3 types of digital outputs that can be wired to the 4 DO/4 AO module. The wiring connections are shown in the following examples:

Maintained Relay Wiring


To wire a Maintained relay to the 4 DO/4 AO module:


2. Connect one lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the other lead from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

4. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminal (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10). See Figure 174.


Figure 174: 4 DO/4 AO Maintained Relay Wiring


Momentary Relay Wiring

Note: The rating for this output is 24VAC at 0.5 amps. This example uses a GE RR-7 Lighting Relay as the momentary relay.

To wire a Momentary relay to the 4 DO/4 AO module:


2. Connect the Black wire (OFF) from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the Red wire (ON) from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

4. Connect the Blue wire (24VAC) from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminals (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10). See Figure 175.


Figure 175: 4 DO/4 AO Momentary Relay Wiring


Floating Actuator Wiring


To wire a Floating actuator to the 4 DO/4 AO module:


2. Connect the Increment lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

3. Connect the Decrement lead from the device to the desired NO or NC terminal (on terminal blocks JP7-JP10).

4. Connect the Ground lead from the device to the Neutral lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply.

5. Connect the Hot lead of the UL® Listed External Power Supply to the Common terminals (C on terminal blocks JP7-JP10). See Figure 176.


Figure 176: 4 DO/4 AO Floating Actuator Wiring


Analog Output Wiring

To wire an analog output to the 4 DO/4 AO module:

1. Connect the positive lead from the analog device to the desired + AO terminal (AO1-AO4 on terminal blocks JP3-JP6).

2. Connect the negative lead from the analog device to the - AO terminal (AO1-AO4 on terminal blocks JP3-JP6). See Figure 177.


Figure 177: 4 DO/4 AO Analog Output Wiring


TroubleshootingTable 63: 4 DO/4 AO Module TroubleshootingSymptom Possible Cause SolutionNo LEDs No DC Power Check ribbon cable connections. If the

4 DO/4 AO module is the only I/O module, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to EXPANSION A or B on the 386 CPU board and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the JP3 (labeled CONTROLLER) on the 4 DO/4 AO module. If there is more than one I/O module on the controller, one end of the polarized ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled EXPANSION on the I/O module, and the other end of the ribbon cable is connected to the expansion connector labeled CONTROLLER on the I/O module.







Point Commands Do Not Work HOA Switch in Wrong Position Check the HOA switch position. The HOA switch must be in AUTO to be commanded from the Network tool.

Output Not Functioning in HAND mode.

Bad 4DO/4AO Module Send 4DO/4AO module back or use spare output point if available

Digital outputs operating backwards from field.

1. Wrong connection of Normal Open or Normally Closed for Field Device.

1. Check the silk screen on the 4 DO/4 AOI module to ensure that the jumper setting matches the field device.

2. See NXP-4DO4AO-01U (4 DO/4 AO Board) on page 219 to ensure the correct wiring for the field device.


SpecificationsTable 64: 4 DO/4 AO Module SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower input +24VDC @ 300mA from NXP-CPU-01U board

+5VDC @ 10mA from NXP-CPU-01U board



Digital Outputs (4) relay outputs: Form C, 24VAC@ 1.0A, UL Listed, HOA operation and LED indicatorRelay ON time programmable with 100 mS resolution (+/- 10%) and 1,000 seconds maximum.

Relay Output HOA Switches

S1 thru S4: Fully monitored Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) switchesHand: User controlOff: Deactivate relay outputAuto: FSC CPU board control

Digital Output Jumpers (4) Digital Output jumpers:JP7 = Digital Output 4 (N.O. or N.C)JP8 = Digital Output 3 (N.O. or N.C)JP9 = Digital Output 2 (N.O. or N.C)JP10 = Digital Output 1 (N.O. or N.C)

Analog Outputs (4) Analog Outputs: Resolution: 0-10 VDC@5mA 8 bit resolutionResponse Time: 2 seconds (change form 10% to 90% of full scale)H/A Operation: Uses on-board potentiometers - single-turn, thumbnail adjustment

Analog Output Jumpers (4) Analog Output jumpers:JP3 = Analog Output 4 (+ or -)JP4 = Analog Output 3 (+ or -)JP5 = Analog Output 2 (+ or -)JP6 = Analog Output 1 (+ or -)

Analog Output Hand/Auto (HA) Switches

S5 thru S8: Fully monitored Hand/Auto switchesHand: User controlAuto: FSC CPU board control

Status LEDs • LED 1 = Heart Beat (Green): Indicates that the microcontroller is functioning correctly. The LED flashes ON a half second and OFF a half second. Normally Flashing

• LED 2 = Status (Red): Indicates that the CPU board is communicating with the 8 UI module. The LED flashes ON every time a communication occurs. Normally Flashing.

• LED 4 = HOA (Yellow): Indicates that one or more of the outputs is in a mode other than AUTO. Normally Off (When no HOA switches are set to Hand or Auto).

• LED 5 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 4 is ON1.• LED 6 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 3 is ON1.

• LED 7 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output 2 is ON1

• LED 8 = ON (Red): Indicates that Digital Output1 is ON1 • LED 9 = Power (Green): Indicates that power is being supplied through the ribbon

cable and converted to +5VDC on the board. Normally On.

Dimensions 4 x 6 in (10.16 x 15.24 cm)

1. Either commanded thru the LONWORKS network configuration tool or switched to HAND mode. Normally On when the DO is On.



i.LON 600 LONWORKS/IP Server Router (72603-U)The i.LON 600 LONWORKS/IP Server (Figure 179) is an EIA-852 compliant device that allows LonTalk-to-IP communication and provides reliable and secure access to devices.

Figure 178: UL Label Placement for the NXP-4DO4AO-01U

Figure 179: iLON 600 LonTalk-to-IP Router


Figure 180 shows an example iLON 600 LonTalk-to-Router Connection Layout

Figure 180: Example iLON 600 LonTalk-to-Router Connection Layout


Specifications


Table 65: iLON600 LonTalk Router SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsProcessor AMD Au1000 32-bit RISC

Channel Type TP/FT10

LonWorks Twisted Pair Connector

Screw Terminals

Ethernet Port 10/100 BaseT, auto-selecting, auto polarity

Ethernet Connector RJ-45

Console Interface EIA-232, 9600 baud (8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit)

Console Connector DB-9

Operating Input Voltage +24V AC or DC, <15 Watts (Model 72603R)

Power Connector Screw Terminals

Controls (Switches) Reset and Service switches

Indicators (LEDs) Power On, Ethernet Link, Activity, 10/100 Mbps, LonWorks Tx/Rx, Connect

Neuron Chip Service Pin Function

Service pin message controlled by console application or hardware service switch

Operating Temperature 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C)

Operating Humidity 10 to 93% RH, Non-condensing

Enclosure 8TE DIN


EMC FCC Part 15 Class B and EN55022 Class B, EN55024, CISPER 22 Class B, VCCI Class B

Agency Listings UL 60950, cUL, C22.2 No. 60950-00, TÜV EN60950, CE, C-Tick

Figure 181: 72603-iLON 600 Router


NXE-RPT-FTT-U LON RepeaterThe NXE-RPT-FTT-U LON repeater serves two purposes:

1. Isolate Smoke Control LON equipment from Non-Smoke Control LON equipment.

2. Extend the physical length of a single LON bus.

Wiring

Figure 182: NXW-REP-FTT-U Repeater

Figure 183: NXE-REP-FTT-U Repeater Wiring


Specifications


Table 66: NXE-REP-FTT-U SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsPower 24 VAC

Network LONWORKS FTT10

Network Topology Bus or Free (jumper selectable)


Figure 184: NXE-REP-FTT-U UL Label Placement


NXE-FTT-FTT-U RouterThe Johnson Controls NXE-FTT-FTT-U (Router- FT-10 to FT-10) (Echelon’s LPR10 model number 72603R) is a two-channel LONWORKS (ANSI/EIA709.1) router that interfaces between TP/FT10 and TP/FT10 twisted-pair channels. It is used to manage network traffic, increase the total number of LONWORKS devices, and increase the cabling length in a system. Figure 185 shows the NXE-FTT-FTT-U router.

Wiring

Figure 186 shows the NXE-FTT-FTT-U faceplate.

Figure 185: NXE-FTT-FTT-U LonTalk TP/FT10-to-TP/FT10 Router

Figure 186: NXE-FTT-FTT Faceplate View


Network Communications

Figure 187 shows the NEX-FTT-FTT-U network wiring connections.

Figure 187: NXE-FTT-FTT-U Wiring Connections (cover removed)


Specifications


Table 67: NXE-FTT-FTT-U SpecificationsCategory SpecificationsProcessor Two Neuron 3150 Chips, 10Mhz

Service Function Recessed service switch (wink) LED.

Transceiver Type TP/FT10 to TP/FT10

Input Power 24 VAC or DC @ 2VA, internally isolated power supply

Mounting Type 2 or 2D DIN base plate

Temperature 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C), operating and non-operating

Humidity 10 to 93% RH

EMI FCCA, CE Mark

Safety Agency UL 916

Dimensions 3.9 x 3.9 1.0 in (10 x 10 x 2.5 cm)

Figure 188: NXE-FTT-FTT-U UL Label Placement


Smoke Control System Software

SCTThe SCT is used in all phases of engineering, installation, and commissioning of NAEs, FC bus devices, and LON devices that make up the Metasys smoke control system. The SCT is used offline to create archive databases that are downloaded to a smoke control NAE. The Logic Connector Tool (LCT), contained in the SCT, was used to create the standard smoke control applications included on the Branch Purchase Package (BPP) CD.

The standard smoke control applications can be installed and executed on any smoke control NAE. Use the standard smoke control applications as written, any sequence modification to the LCT program must be pre-approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The SCT tool must not be accessible to anyone other than designated qualified technicians who are responsible for installing, commissioning, and maintaining the smoke control site configuration. Password restriction in conjunction with SCT accessibility will prevent unauthorized editing of the smoke control sequences.

LONWORKS Network Configuration ToolUse a LONWORKS network configuration tool such as LonBuilder, MCL Tool, or LonMaker to commission the LONWORKS network smoke control devices.

System Programming Guidelines for Smoke ControlWhen programming the system for smoke control applications, the system must conform to the guidelines outlined below.

Follow these guidelines when defining systems and objects:

• Name all systems used for smoke control in a manner that makes identification obvious. For example, the air handling unit serving the west wing on the third floor might be called AHU3_W and the stairwell pressurization system might be called STR_PRES.

• Name all objects within a system used for smoke control in a manner that makes identification obvious. For example, the outdoor air damper might be called "OSA_DMPR" and the mixed air damper might be called "MXA_DMPR."

• Use engineering units that are appropriate to easily determine the current status of a device.

• Use the 24-character expanded ID attribute in an object definition window to provide information that is pertinent to an object’s type and location and is easily understood in an emergency situation.


Enclosures and AccessoriesAll enclosures must be of correct metal thickness for its size, mounted, and wired in accordance with the UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition specification.

Mount NAE55 controllers, switches, routers and all other equipment in the smoke control network in a UL Listed enclosure. See the installation information packaged with each product. See Table 72 on page 251 for enclosure and accessory part numbers and specifications.Table 68: PAN-PWRSP-U Device LimitationsDevice(s) Allowed to Use a Single PAN-PWRSP-U Power SupplyFEU2610FEU2620FEU1610FEU1620IOU4710IOM3710IOM2710IOM1710FEU2610 and 1 IOM1710FEU2620 and 1 IOM1710IOU4710 and 1 IOM1710IOM3710 and 1 IOM1710IOM2710 and 1 IOM1710Two IOM1710sFEU2610 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)FEU2620 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)IOU4710 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)IOM3710 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)IOM2710 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)IOM1710 and Smoke Control Accesories (Total power not to exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U 96VA limit.)Note: Any other combination requires the use of a PAN-PWRSP-U and at least one PAN-96VAXFR-U.


PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply The PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply is a UL® Listed and CSA Certified Class 2 120/24 VAC power supply with a duplex outlet, and power switch. An overcurrent circuit breaker is provided for each of the two 120 VAC outlets.

Figure 189: PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply


Wiring the PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply

PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply Connections

Main Power Terminal Connections

120 VAC supply power connects to a three-terminal terminal block mounted on top of the power supply.

To wire the PAN-PWRSP-U Main Power terminal, connect the 120 VAC supply wires to the respective Hot (H), Neutral (N) and Ground (G) terminals of the Main Power Input block (Figure 190).

On/Off Switch

An On/Off rocker switch on the right side of the power supply controls 120 VAC at the secondary power terminal block and 24 VAC out from the power supply. The two utility outlets are unswitched and always remain Hot.

Figure 190: PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply


Switched 120 VAC Secondary Output

A switched 120 VAC source is available from the PAN-PWRSP’s Secondary Output terminal block. This is used to power a PAN-96VAXFR-U power supply that is mounted in the same enclosure as the PAN-PWRSP-U. A rocker switch on the right side of the PAN-PWRSP-U controls the 120 VAC output.

To connect to the Switched Output:

1. Connect the Hot side of the PAN-96VAXFR-U to the Hot terminal of the PAN-PWRSP-U’s Secondary Power terminal block.

2. Connect the Neutral wire of the PAN-96VAXFR-U to the Neutral terminal of the PAN-PWRSP-U’s Secondary Power terminal block.

Note: See Figure 193 on page 242 for wiring details.

Switched 24 VAC to Field - Wiring Connections

1. Connect the PAN-PWRSP-U’s Orange wire to the field device’s 24 VAC Hot terminal connection.

2. Connect the PAN-PWRSP-U’s Brown wire to the field device’s 24 VAC COM (Neutral) terminal connection.

Utility Plugs

Two factory-wired, unswitched 120 VAC utility plugs are part of the PAN-PWRSP-U power supply. One plug is located on the front of the power supply and the other is located on the right side. Connecting 120 VAC to the Main Power input terminal automatically powers the utility plugs.

Specifications

IMPORTANT: Be sure the Ground lug for the PAN-PWRSP-U and PAN-96VAXFR-U are both securely mounted to the backplane.

Table 69: PAN-PWRSP-U Power Supply SpecificationsCategory DescriptionPower 96 VA 120/24 VAC power assembly

Receptacle Two receptacles 120 VAC, 5A manual resettable thermal protection circuit breaker

Primary Voltage 120 VRMS

Secondary Voltage 24 VAC, 3.5A Max.

Transformer Insulation Class 130

Transformer Class Class 2

Operating Temperature 0 to 49° C (32 to 120° F)

Agency Listings UL® 1585CSA C22.2 No. 66-1988



Figure 191: PAN-PWRSP-U UL Label Placement


PAN-96VAXFR-U Power Supply The PAN-96VAXFR-U Power Supply is a UL® Listed and CSA Certified Class 2 120/24 VAC power supply. It is used in conjunction with a PAN-PWRSP-U power supply when loads exceed the PAN-PWRSP-U’s 96 VA limit.

Specifications Table 70: PAN-96VAXFR-U Power Supply SpecificationsCategory DescriptionPower 96 VA 120/24 VAC power assembly

Receptacle 4A secondary, manual resettable thermal protection circuit breaker

Primary Voltage 120 VRMS

Secondary Voltage 24 VAC, 3.5A Max.

Transformer Insulation Class 130

Transformer Class Class 2

Operating Temperature 0 to 49° C (32 to 120° F)

Agency Listings UL® 1585CSA C22.2 No. 66-1988

Figure 192: PAN-96VAXFR-U Power Supply


The secondary output terminal of the PAN-PWRSP-U provides a switched 120 VAC to the PAN-96VAXFR-U.

Figure 193: PAN-PWRSP-U to PAN-96VAXFR-U Wiring



Figure 194: PAN-PWRSP-U and PAN-96VAXFR-U UL Label Placement


Power Distribution Panel and Enclosure (PA0P00010FC0-U)The PA0P00010FC0-U is a prewired, preassembled Standard Control Panel and enclosure that contains four 96 VA 120/24 VAC class 2 transformers, each with 4 Amp manual reset secondary protection for powering Variable Air Volume (VAV) box controllers. This predesigned solution saves both time and money by not requiring individual transformers in every VAV box.

The PA0P00010FC0-U Control Panel is shipped complete, mounted in a 16 in. W x 20 in. H steel enclosure. In addition to the four 96VA transformers, the assembly also contains low voltage terminal blocks and a 10 Amp circuit breaker that provides primary protection for all four transformers.

The PA0P00010FC0-U contains terminals that are prewired and prelabeled to match each transformer, making installation, commissioning, and servicing quicker and easier.

Figure 195: PA0P00010FC0-U Assembly 24 VAC Power Distribution Control Panel


Maximum devices per each 96 VA low voltage power distribution trunk are as follows:

1. A single VMA1610 draws a maximum of 14 VA, which means you can have a maximum of 6 VMA1610s per 96 VA transformer.

2. A single VMA1620 draws a maximum of 14 VA. Adding relays, actuators, etc. adds another 6 VA which means you can have a maximum of 5 VMA1620s per 96 VA transformer.

3. A single LN-VAVC or LN-VAVCF draws a maximum of 10 VA, which means you can have a maximum of 10 LN-VAVs per trunk.

The above recommendations are based on a system where every controller is not fully loaded at all times.

SpecificationsTable 71: PA0P00010FC0-U SpecificationsCategory DescriptionTerminal Blocks Terminal Blocks: 1/4 in. (6 mm) Wire Slots

Wiring All Components are Prewired to Terminal Blocks

Wire Size Ground Wire: 14 AWG; Transformer Wires: 18 AWG

Enclosure Rating Type 1

Ambient Operating Condition 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C)10 to 93% RH

Transformers Four PAN-96VAXFR-U Transformers, Power, Panel Mount, 120 V Primary, 24 V Secondary, 96 VA, Split Bobbin, 4 Amp Secondary Circuit Breaker, 10 Amp Primary Circuit Breaker that provides primary protection for all four transformers.

Enclosure Type 1 with keyed lock, 16 in. W x 20 in. H x 6.62 in. D (406 mm W x 508 mm H x 168 mm D)

Agency Compliance Control Panel: UL 508A Rated (cULus); Enclosure: UL 50 Rated, CSA Approved



Figure 196: PA0P00010FC0-U UL Device Label Placement


Smoke Control Listed Accessories in a Smoke Control PanelControl accessories that are smoke control listed, such as the Acromag NU-RPT101-0U repeater, NXE-FTT-FTT-U router, NXE-RPT-FTT-U LON repeater, iLON600 72603-U router, NU-MC101-0U and NU-MC102-0U media converters, etc. can be mounted in a smoke control enclosure provided:

1. There is enough space to mount the devices.

2. The total power required by the smoke control devices and the control accessories does not exceed the enclosure’s power supply transformer rating. A second transformer may be required to satisfy total power requirements.

3. Addition of the control accessories does not cause the ambient temperature inside the enclosure to exceed 120° F (49° C).

Non-Smoke Control Listed Accessories in a Smoke Control PanelControl accessories that are non-smoke control listed, such as relays, pneumatics, etc. can NOT be mounted in a smoke control enclosure. A separate enclosure must be mounted to install all non-smoke control accessories in.

Figure 197: PA0P00010FC0-U UL Label Placement - Enclosure Door


Ordering Smoke Control EnclosuresAll UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition smoke control enclosures are ordered as custom enclosures. There are three possible ways to order Smoke Control Enclosures:

1. Custom enclosures using UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition listed NAE55x0-1U, NAE45x0-1U, NAE35x0-1U, FECx6x0-0U, IOMx710-0U, LN-PRGxA-0U, controllers are ordered through the Johnson Controls, Control Panels website, Custom Panels section. Order form # 1634-a is used to place a custom panel order.

• Be sure to check the Smoke Control checkbox in the Special Conditions section of this form.

• If the local authority requires that a Union label be affixed to the panel, then check the Union Label Required checkbox.

2. Custom enclosures using the UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition listed NXP-FSC-01U are ordered from Louisville Kentucky. Contact Tony Cozzens at the Louisville Kentucky branch at (502) 671-7351 to place an order.

3. Custom enclosures using the UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition listed VMA-16x0-0U, LN-VAVC-0U, or LN-VAVCF-0U controllers are ordered from Environmental Technologies, Inc. using the ETI Selection Program. The ETI Selection Program and ordering instructions are available at the Johnson Controls, Mechanical Systems website. See Figure 198 for ETI enclosure details.

• Be sure to select the Smoke Control Electronics Enclosure option when ordering a new VAV box unit from ETI.

• For systems having a VAV box unit that was not manufactured by ETI, order only the Smoke Control Electronics Enclosure from ETI. Install the enclosure on the non-ETI manufactured VAV box unit to house the controller.


Figure 198: ETI VAV Smoke Control Electronics Enclosure


Enclosures Requiring a Union LabelCertain jurisdictions require that smoke control panels display a union label. Johnson Controls must contract with an external union electrical shop to meet Union requirements. The process to meet these requirements is:

1. The Johnson Controls Branch orders a Smoke Control Listed panel requiring a Union label.

2. Johnson Controls provides all Smoke Control Listed parts.

3. Every part of the smoke control panel, including the enclosure with manufacturer’s UL label, is inspected and labeled in accordance with Johnson Control’s Smoke Control Listing.

4. All parts are factory mounted in an enclosure by Johnson Controls in accordance with the UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition specification.

5. Johnson Controls sends the preassembled panel to the union electrical shop.

6. The union electrical shop wires the panel in accordance with UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition specification, applies the union label, and sends the completed panel to the specified smoke control site.

Ordering and Revision InformationTable 72 shows ordering information and revision numbers (when applicable) for all UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Parts.

General Smoke Control Ordering Requirements All Smoke Control sites must abide by the following requirements:

1. You can not purchase a similar third-party device and install it in a UL Listed smoke control system. Doing so voids the UL Smoke Control Listing. Third-party devices must be provided and labeled by the “factory” as described in the UL Smoke Control Listing.

2. A minimum of one Asante Ethernet switch is required for each smoke control site.

3. A PNET1GB Ethernet transient protector is required at each end of all Ethernet communication cables. The PNET1GB must have the strain-relief tie-wrap installed.

4. All 120VAC rackmount communication devices must be connected to a TrippLite Isobar 12 Ultra rackmount surge suppressor.

5. All devices that have a 120 VAC power converter and are not mounted in an enclosure, must have the power converter connected to a TrippLite Isobar 8 Ultra surge suppressor or a TrippLite Isobar 12 Ultra rackmount surge suppressor.

6. All devices mounted in enclosures, having a 120 VAC power converter must have the power converter connected to a TrippLite Isobar 8 Ultra surge suppressor mounted in the same enclosure.

7. Acromag repeaters must be mounted in an enclosure and must have its 120 VAC power connected to a TrippLite Isobar 8 Ultra surge suppressor mounted in the same enclosure.


Note: All parts below are UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

Note: Previously listed UL 864 UUKL Eighth Edition part numbers are noted with an asterisk (*) followed by their UL 864 UUKL Eighth Edition part number in parenthesis.

IMPORTANT: Only Johnson Controls products listed in Table 72 have been tested and Listed by UL for use in a Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System. The original manufacturer’s part number is only listed below as a reference for installation instructions. Products ordered directly from the manufacturer have not been UL Listed and labeled for smoke control applications.Installation of a product that is not UL-Listed and labeled for this application prevents the entire system from being UL Listed for smoke control!

Table 72: UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Part Ordering / Revision InformationPart Number Description Revision

Johnson Controls Supervisory EquipmentMS-NAE5510-1U*(MS-NAE5510-0U)

NAE55 with MSTP, Supports two BACnet MS/TP (RS-485 port) trunks.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

MS-NAE4510-2U NAE45 with MSTP, Supports one BACnet MS/TP (RS-485 port) trunk.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

MS-NAE3510-2U NAE35 with MSTP, Supports one BACnet MS/TP (RS-485 port) trunk.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

MS-NAE5520-1U NAE55 with LON, Supports one LONWORKS trunk and two FC trunks.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

MS-NAE4520-2U NAE45 with LON, Supports one LONWORKS trunk and one FC trunk.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

MS-NAE3520-2U NAE35 with LON, Supports one LONWORKS trunk and one FC trunk.UL 864 UUKL listed for Ninth Edition smoke control applications.

3.0.0

Johnson Controls FC ControllersMS-FEU1610-0U 10-Point Field Equipment Controller with 2 UI, 1 BI, 3 BO, and 4 CO, 24

VAC, and SA Bus, with Mounting Base, Single Pack3.0.0

MS-FEU1620-0U 10-Point Field Equipment Controller with Display, 2 UI, 1 BI, 3 BO, and 4 CO, 24 VAC, and SA Bus, with Mounting Base, Single Pack

3.0.0

MS-FEU2610-0U 17-Point Field Equipment Controller with 6 UI, 2 BI, 3 BO, 2 AO and 4 CO, 24 VAC, and SA Bus with Mounting Base, Single Pack

3.0.0

MS-FEU2620-0U 17-Point Field Equipment Controller with Display, 6 UI, 2 BI, 3 BO, 2 AO and 4 CO, 24 VAC, and SA Bus with Mounting Base, Single Pack

3.0.0

MS-IOU4710-0U 17-Point IOM with 6 UI, 2 BI, 3 BO, 2 AO, 4 CO, 24 VAC, FC Bus and SA Bus with Mounting Base, Single Pack

3.0.0

MS-IOM3710-0U 12-Point IOM with 4 UI, 4 UO, 4 BO, FC Bus and SA Bus Support 3.0.0

MS-IOM2710-0U 6-Point IOM with 2 UI, 2 UO, 2 BO, FC Bus and SA Bus Support 3.0.0

MS-IOM1710-0U 4-Point IOM with 4 BI, FC Bus and SA Bus Support 3.0.0

MS-VMA1610-0U Integrated VAV Controller/Actuator/Pressure Sensor (Cooling Only), FC Bus and SA Bus, Single Pack

3.0.0

MS-VMA1620-0U Integrated VAV Controller/Actuator/Pressure Sensor (with Reheat and Fan Control), FC Bus and SA Bus, Single Pack

3.0.0

UL Listed MSTP AccessoriesNU-RPT101-1U Acromag MSTP Repeater N/A

SMOKE-TRNKIT-1U*(SMOKE-TRNKIT-1)

Acromag MSTP Repeater Kit - tranzorb transient suppressor for smoke control applications

N/A


SMK-MOVKIT-MSTP MOV transient protection kit for MSTP equipmentNote: Updated original part number only (previously

SMOKE-MOVKIT-MSTP); no component changes.

N/A

Non-UL Listed MSTP AccessoriesNS-APA7001 SA Bus network sensor -SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface

mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, modular jackN/A

NS-APA7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-APB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, modular jack

N/A

NS-APB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, screw terminal

N/A

NS-BPB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, modular jack

N/A

NS-BPB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, 2% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, screw terminal

N/A

NS-AHA7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-AHA7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-AHB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, modular jack

N/A

NS-AHB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, screw terminal

N/A

NS-BHB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, modular jack

N/A

NS-BHB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, 3% RH, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATA7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-ATA7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-ATB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATC7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, fan control, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-ATC7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, fan control, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATD7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, fan control, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-ATD7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, fan control, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATN7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, modular jack N/A

NS-ATN7003 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, screw terminal, address switches

N/A

NS-ATP7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, warmer/cooler dial adjustment, override, modular jack

N/A



NS-ATP7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, warmer/cooler dial adjustment, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-ATV7001 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, modular jack, VAV balancing featureNote: Fan control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the

balancing process.

N/A

NS-ATV7002 SA Bus network sensor - 80x80 mm, surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, screw terminal, VAV balancing featureNote: Fan control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the

balancing process.

N/A

NS-BTB7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, override, F/C toggle, fan control, modular jack

N/A

NS-BTB7002 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, fan control, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-BTN7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, modular jack N/A

NS-BTN7003 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, screw terminal, address switches

N/A

NS-BTP7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, warmer/cooler dial adjustment, override, modular jack

N/A

NS-BTP7002 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, warmer/cooler dial adjustment, override, screw terminal

N/A

NS-BTV7001 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, modular jack, VAV balancing featureNote: Fan control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the

balancing process.

N/A

NS-BTV7002 SA Bus network sensor - 120x80 mm, wall or surface mount, LCD, setpoint adjustment, F/C toggle, override, screw terminal, VAV balancing featureNote: Fan control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the

balancing process.

N/A

Johnson Controls LON EquipmentLN-VAVC-0U LN-Series Programmable VAVC enclosure with LM-24M actuator,

pressure sensor, and 8 I/O (4 UI, 3 triac DO, 1 AO), with Logging and LNS Plug-in

2.34

LN-VAVCF-0U LN-Series Programmable VAVC enclosure with LM-24M10 feed-back actuator, pressure sensor, and 7 I/O (3 UI, 3 triac DO, 1 AO), with Logging and LNS Plug-in

2.34

NXP-FSC-01U NXP-EN-RMH0013U Back Plane - includes NXP-CPU-01U, PAN-PWRSP Power Supply, NXM-CABLE-MGS04U 2' I/O Cable, NXP-8UI-01U 8UI for FSC CPU, NXP-4DO4AO-01U 4DO/4AO for FSC CPUNote: See individual components for revision level.

See Note

NXP-CPU-01U FSC CPU only SSM 4292-A03

NXP-8UI-01U 8UI I/O Board for NXP-FSC-01U SSM 4284-B01

NXP-4DO4AO-01U 4DO/4AO I/O Board for NXP-FSC-01U SSM 4286-B00

NXP-8DO-01U 8DO I/O Board for NXP-FSC-01U SSM 4287-B00

NXM-CABLE-MGS22U 6 ft. I/O Cable N/A



NXP-FSC-EXP1U FSC-01U Expansion Panel - includes NXP-EN-RMH0013U Backplane and NXM-CABLE-MGS22U 6 ft. I/O Cable

N/A

NXE-REP-FFT-U LON Repeater N/A

NXE-FTT-FTT-U Echelon - LPR10 - JCI Router N/A

NXP-EN28185-01U FSC Enclosure - 28 in. x 18.5 in. N/A

NXP-EN-RMH0013-U Full Backplane for NXP-EN28185-01U FSC Enclosure N/A

NXM-TERM-FTT-U LonWorks FTT10 Bus Terminator N/A

72603-U Echelon® - iLON 600 LON IP Router N/A

SMK-MOVKIT-LON MOV transient protection kit for LON equipmentNote: Updated original part number only (previously

SMOKE-MOVKIT-LON); no component changes.

N/A

Johnson Controls Communication EquipmentNU-RJ45SW1-0U*(NU-RJ45SW1-0)

10/100 Asante Ethernet Switch N/A

NU-MC101-0U*(NU-MC101-0)

10mps Ethernet / Fiber Media Converter - Complete N/A

NU-MC102-0U*(NU-MC102-0)

100mps Ethernet / Fiber Media Converter - Requires Chassis N/A

NU-CH101-0U*(NU-CH101-0)

Ethernet / Fiber Media Converter - Chassis N/A

464163 NetGear - FS105 5-Port Ethernet SwitchNote: Order through Johnson Controls ITAS

N/A

Johnson Controls Enclosures // TransformersStandard Hoffman Enclosures

PAN-ENH1620WDP 6.62 x 16 x 20 Encl w/door, latch, sub-panel N/A

PAN-ENH1620WD 6.62 x 16 x 20 Encl w/door, latch N/A

PAN-ENH2024WDP 6.62 x 20 x 24 Encl w/door, latch, sub-panel N/A

PAN-ENH2024WD 6.62 x 20 x 24 Encl w/door, latch N/A

PAN-ENH2424WDP 6.62 x 24 x 24 Encl w/door, lock, sub-panel N/A

PAN-ENH2424WD 6.62 x 24 x 24 Encl w/door, lock N/A

PAN-ENH2436WDP 6.62 x 24 x 36 Encl w/door, lock, sub-panel N/A

PAN-ENH2436WD 6.62 x 24 x 36 Encl w/door, lock N/A

Custom Hoffman Enclosures with Lift-Off Doors, Louvers, and Locks

PAN-ENC1620WDP1 6.62 x 16 x 20 Encl w/door, lock, sub-panel N/A

PAN-ENC1620WD1 6.62 x 16 x 20 Encl w/door, lock N/A




PAN-ENC2424WDF1 9.25 x 24 x 24 Encl w/cut-out door, lock N/A



PAN-ENC2436WDF1 9.25 x 24 x 36 Encl w/cut-out door, lock N/A








PAN-PWRSP-U 96 VA 120/24 VAC power assembly (transformer, receptacle, 5 Amp overcurrent circuit breaker)

N/A

PAN-96VAXFR-U Transformer, Power, Panel Mount, 120 V Primary, 24 V Secondary, 96 VA, Split Bobbin, 4 Amp Secondary Circuit Breaker,

N/A

PA0P00010FC0-U Power Distribution Panel and Enclosure - Contains four PAN-96VAXFR-U transformers, 120V,10 Amp Primary Circuit Breaker. For powering multiple VAV/VMAs.

N/A

NXP-EN28185-01 5.00 x 28.5 x 18 Encl w/door, lock (FSC Enclosure only -no backplane) N/A

NXP-EN-RMH0013 13.50 x 27.25 Backplane for NXP-EN28185-01 Enclosure N/A

00-00051-0100-00052-01

ETI VAV Electonic Enclosure - 16” Enclosure, Electronic Control, 18GAETI VAV Electronic Enclosure - 16” Cover, Electronic Control, 18GA

N/A

3rd Party Equipment*(ISOBAR8Ultra)www.cdw.com

CDW - 025070 - Tripp Lite® ISOBAR8Ultra Surge Suppressor N/A

*(ISOBAR12Ultra)www.cdw.com

CDW - 154600 - Tripp Lite® ISOBAR12Ultra Rackmount Surge Suppressor

N/A

PNET1GB*(PNET1)www.apc.com

American Power Conversion (APC®) - PNET1GB Ethernet Surge Suppressor

N/A

www.adipanel.com ADI MSTP FSCS - Note: Custom product from Automation Displays, Inc. (ADI®)

N/A

www.echelon.com Echelon® - 72603 - iLON 600 LON IP Router N/A

1. All Hoffman custom enclosures have a factory installed grounding strap, supplied by Hoffman, connecting the enclosure to the enclosure door.



Selection Charts Table 73: Network Sensor Ordering Information — Temperature and Humidity ModelsProduct Code Number



LCD Display

Humidity Temperature Adjustment: Setpoint (Set) orWarmer/Cooler Dial (W/C)

Occupancy Override

F/C Scale Toggle


NS-APA7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes MJNS-APA7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes STNS-APB7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes MJNS-APB7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes STNS-BPB7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes MJNS-BPB7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 2% Set Yes Yes STNS-AHA7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes MJNS-AHA7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes STNS-AHB7001-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes MJNS-AHB7002-0 80 x 80 SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes STNS-BHB7001-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes MJNS-BHB7002-0 120 x 80 WB, SM Yes 3% Set Yes Yes ST


Table 74: Network Sensor Ordering Information — Temperature Only ModelsProduct Code Number



LCD Display

Temperature Adjustment: Setpoint (Set), or Warmer/Cooler Dial (W/C)

Occupancy Override

F/C Scale Toggle

Fan Control

Screw Terminal (ST), or Modular Jack (MJ)

Address Switches

VAV Balancing Feature

NS-ATA7001-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes MJ N/A

NS-ATA7002-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes ST N/A

NS-ATB7001-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJ N/A

NS-ATB7002-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes ST N/A

NS-ATC7001-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJ N/A

NS-ATC7002-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes ST N/A

NS-ATD7001-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes Yes MJ N/A

NS-ATD7002-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes Yes ST N/A

NS-ATN7001-0

80 x 80 SM MJ N/A

NS-ATN7003-0

80 x 80 SM ST Yes N/A

NS-ATP7001-0

80 x 80 SM W/C Yes MJ N/A

NS-ATP7002-0

80 x 80 SM W/C Yes ST N/A

NS-ATV7001-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 MJ Yes

NS-ATV7002-0

80 x 80 SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 ST Yes

NS-BTB7001-0

120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes MJ N/A

NS-BTB7002-0

120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes ST N/A

NS-BTN7001-0

120 x 80 WB, SM MJ N/A

NS-BTN7003-0

120 x 80 WB, SM ST Yes N/A

NS-BTP7001-0

120 x 80 WB, SM W/C Yes MJ N/A

NS-BTP7002-0

120 x 80 WB, SM W/C Yes ST N/A

NS-BTV7001-0

120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 MJ Yes

NS-BTV7002-0

120 x 80 WB, SM Yes Set Yes Yes No1 ST Yes

1. In the VAV Balancing models, the Fan Control button is replaced by a light bulb button used in the VAV Balancing Process.


Smoke Control UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Compliance Checklist

OverviewThis section summarizes the most common requirements to configure the Metasys system extended architecture to comply with Underwriters Laboratories®, Inc. (UL), UL UUKL 864 Ninth Edition Smoke Control Listing. A UL 864 UUKL Smoke Control Compliance Survey form is followed by tables listing the requirements for UL 864 UUKL Listing compliance.

The purpose of the UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Compliance Survey is to provide a record of those elements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 92A and UUKL that Johnson Controls, Inc. does or does not provide.

UUKL is an identifier created by UL to identify those products Listed under UL 864 as part of a Smoke Control system. Products covered by this listing are intended to be installed in conjunction with Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) equipment to form a system for controlling the flow of smoke in a building during a fire condition in accordance with NFPA Recommended Practice 92A.

It is important that we document the system elements that are being provided. The UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Compliance Survey can be used to provide that documentation.

In the case where a project specification dictates compliance with the UUKL Listing, but contains elements of the system design that conflict with the Listing or are omitted, the completed UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Compliance Survey can be given to the designer and/or the AHJ to obtain recognition and agreement on the extent of Listing compliance. This should occur prior to bid and/or proposal.

Once agreement is reached with the AHJ, designer, and customer, the signed or initialed Smoke Control Compliance Checklist must become a permanent part of the project file.

Related DocumentationIf you are bidding, engineering, installing, or commissioning a Metasys system extended architecture requiring UUKL 864 Ninth Edition Smoke Control Listing compliance, follow the guidelines, requirements, and procedures listed in this document and in Table 1 Related Documentation.


UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Compliance Survey

Date of SurveyConducted ByProjectLocationBranch OfficeProject Manager

Applicable Building Codes and Standards

Local (Branch) Person Providing and Verifying InformationInitials Name

Specifications

Building Codes

Contract


General UUKL RequirementsTable 75 lists general requirements for UL 864 UUKL Listing compliance. Mark Yes/No for compliance and initial each item that was verified.Table 75: General UUKL RequirementsRequirement Y/N

NAPerson Verifying

Communication links between buildings are fiber-optic cable or copper cable buried in a conduit separate from power wiring.Each binary output object used for pressurization and exhaust control is configured with positive feedback. The feedback input monitors the associated controlled equipment status (for example, both open and closed, on and off). For smoke control dampers, there may be a pair of feedback binary inputs for two damper end switches. Any mismatch of a command and status of the binary output occurring longer than the allowed response time must create a trouble light indication at the FSCS.For fans there is positive indication of airflow.Non UL-Listed control equipment must be isolated from the UL-Listed network.The Weekly Testing of Dedicated Stairwell Pressurization Fans application is used on all dedicated smoke control systems.Automatic smoke control sequences take precedence over HVAC automatic and manual commands. Manual FSCS takes precedence over all else.Automatic activation of any smoke control sequence of operation has priority over any non-smoke control manual commands and any automatic environmental control strategy, when an auto smoke control sequence is initiated. High and low temperature protection devices and return and exhaust air-duct smoke detectors are bypassed.Response time for individual smoke control fans to reach commanded state is no more than 60 seconds.Response time for individual smoke control dampers to reach commanded state is no more than 75 seconds.Fire alarm system manual pull stations do not initiate automatic smoke control sequences.Smoke detectors are used to initiate a smoke control strategy only as detailed in this document, Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011252).All Application Specific Controls (ASCs) that monitor or control smoke control equipment are UUKL Listed.Electrical disconnects, overloads, duct static pressure limits, and supply air duct smoke detectors are not overridden by manual or automatic smoke control strategies.


FSCS UUKL Ninth Edition RequirementsTable 76 lists general requirements for UL 864 UUKL Listing compliance for FSCSs where required. Mark Yes/No for compliance and initial each item that was verified.Table 76: FSCS UUKL Requirements Requirement Y/N

NAPerson Verifying

FSCS is UUKL Listed and provides manual control of the smoke control system, a UUKL Listed annunciator panel is used as FSCS.Custom annunciator FSCS is connected to a UUKL Listed Smoke Control NAE55.FSCS provides positive indication of the operation of all smoke control equipment (for example, both open and closed, on and off).FSCS provides audible and visible trouble indication when any smoke control equipment does not respond to automatic or manual commands.FSCS simultaneously displays the status of all smoke control systems dampers, fansFSCS has manual control over all smoke control systems.FSCS can override (partially or in full) any operation in progress, including programmed actions, non-smoke control manual overrides.FSCS has highest priority over all smoke control systems.A building diagram or equivalent at FSCS clearly indicates the type and location of all smoke control equipment.FSCS indicates the actual status (not the command status) of systems and equipment used for smoke control. This includes the current position of each damper used in an active smoke control sequence and the status of airflow status of every fan.FSCS activates an audible signal if the operation proof sensor (binary feedback point) failed to provide positive feedback that fan or damper reached its intended position.Only one FSCS on Metasys system is used for smoke control applications unless approved by the AHJ.The FSCS manual activation or deactivation of any smoke control device has priority over any automatic smoke or environmental sequence of operation.Any return air duct smoke detectors in duct work of each HVAC fan system used for smoke control exhaust or purge only reports an alarm condition to the FSCS or fire alarm annunciator located at the FSCS and does not stop the fan.All hardware supervision alarms, such as binary feedback alarms on fans and dampers, as well as system alarm points turn on FSCS alarm horn.Annunciation on the FSCS of change of state of smoke control equipment is no more than 10 seconds after reaching commanded state.

Metasys® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.All other marks herein are the marks of their respective owners.

© 2008 Johnson Controls, Inc.

Controls Group507 E. Michigan StreetMilwaukee, WI 53202

Published in U.S.A. www.johnsoncontrols.com


Smoke Control Wiring UUKL Requirements

Table 77 lists requirements for UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Listing compliance for Smoke Control Wiring. Mark Yes/No for compliance and initial each item verified.Table 77: Smoke Control Wiring Ninth Edition UUKL RequirementsRequirement Y/N

NAPerson Verifying

Communication links between buildings are fiber-optic cable or copper cable buried in a conduit separate from power wiring.If FC Bus or LON Bus signal circuits leave the room, transient protection is applied as detailed in the Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011252).Verify that a Tripp Lite® ISOBAR8ULTRA surge protector or a Tripp Lite ISOBAR12ULTRA surge protector protects all 120 VAC power sources.If fiber-optic cable is used, verify that it meets the requirements listed in the Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011252).If copper cable is used, verify that it meets the requirements listed in the Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011252).Verify that copper cable connected to media converters does not leave the room in which the media converter is installed.Verify that all RJ45 ethernet cables are protected from electrical surges through the use of the American Power Conversion (APC) Protect Net (Model PNET1GB) surge protector at each end of the RJ45 ethernet cable.Verify that only the Smoke Control NAE model MS-NAE5510-1U, MS-NAE5520-1U, MS-NAE4510-2U, NAE4520-2U, NAE3510-2U, NAE3520-2U are used for smoke control in a UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition smoke control system.If an RS-485-to-RS-485 repeater is used to isolate UUKL from non-UUKL devices on an FC Bus, verify that it is installed in a UL-Listed enclosure. Refer to the Metasys System UL 864 UUKL Ninth Edition Smoke Control System Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011252.). The transzorb must be a Johnson Controls Code No. SMOKE-TRNKIT-1.

metasys® system ul® 864 uukl ninth edition smoke

Documents

smoke control strategies

smoke movement

fighters smoke control

metasys system ul

0u52 ul label placement

ethernet port

port ethernet switch

edition coexistence